]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
23324ae1 | 1 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
7afd2b58 JS |
2 | // Name: wx/richtext/richtextbuffer.h |
3 | // Purpose: Buffer for wxRichTextCtrl | |
4 | // Author: Julian Smart | |
5 | // Modified by: | |
6 | // Created: 2005-09-30 | |
7afd2b58 | 7 | // Copyright: (c) Julian Smart |
526954c5 | 8 | // Licence: wxWindows licence |
23324ae1 FM |
9 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// |
10 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
11 | /** |
12 | The line break character that can be embedded in content. | |
13 | */ | |
14 | ||
16caec26 | 15 | extern const wxChar wxRichTextLineBreakChar; |
7afd2b58 JS |
16 | |
17 | /** | |
18 | File types in wxRichText context. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
19 | */ |
20 | enum wxRichTextFileType | |
21 | { | |
22 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY = 0, | |
23 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT, | |
24 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_XML, | |
25 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_HTML, | |
26 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_RTF, | |
27 | wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_PDF | |
28 | }; | |
29 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
30 | /** |
31 | Flags determining the available space, passed to Layout. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
32 | */ |
33 | ||
34 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x01 | |
35 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FIXED_HEIGHT 0x02 | |
36 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_WIDTH 0x04 | |
37 | #define wxRICHTEXT_VARIABLE_HEIGHT 0x08 | |
38 | ||
39 | // Only lay out the part of the buffer that lies within | |
40 | // the rect passed to Layout. | |
41 | #define wxRICHTEXT_LAYOUT_SPECIFIED_RECT 0x10 | |
42 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
43 | /** |
44 | Flags to pass to Draw | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
45 | */ |
46 | ||
47 | // Ignore paragraph cache optimization, e.g. for printing purposes | |
48 | // where one line may be drawn higher (on the next page) compared | |
49 | // with the previous line | |
50 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_IGNORE_CACHE 0x01 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
51 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_SELECTED 0x02 |
52 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_PRINT 0x04 | |
53 | #define wxRICHTEXT_DRAW_GUIDELINES 0x08 | |
9e7ad1ca | 54 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
55 | /** |
56 | Flags returned from hit-testing, or passed to hit-test function. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
57 | */ |
58 | enum wxRichTextHitTestFlags | |
59 | { | |
7afd2b58 | 60 | // The point was not on this object |
9e7ad1ca FM |
61 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NONE = 0x01, |
62 | ||
7afd2b58 | 63 | // The point was before the position returned from HitTest |
9e7ad1ca FM |
64 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_BEFORE = 0x02, |
65 | ||
7afd2b58 | 66 | // The point was after the position returned from HitTest |
9e7ad1ca FM |
67 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_AFTER = 0x04, |
68 | ||
7afd2b58 | 69 | // The point was on the position returned from HitTest |
9e7ad1ca FM |
70 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_ON = 0x08, |
71 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
72 | // The point was on space outside content |
73 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_OUTSIDE = 0x10, | |
74 | ||
75 | // Only do hit-testing at the current level (don't traverse into top-level objects) | |
76 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_NESTED_OBJECTS = 0x20, | |
77 | ||
78 | // Ignore floating objects | |
7c9fdebe JS |
79 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_NO_FLOATING_OBJECTS = 0x40, |
80 | ||
81 | // Don't recurse into objects marked as atomic | |
82 | wxRICHTEXT_HITTEST_HONOUR_ATOMIC = 0x80 | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
83 | }; |
84 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
85 | /** |
86 | Flags for GetRangeSize. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
87 | */ |
88 | ||
89 | #define wxRICHTEXT_FORMATTED 0x01 | |
90 | #define wxRICHTEXT_UNFORMATTED 0x02 | |
91 | #define wxRICHTEXT_CACHE_SIZE 0x04 | |
92 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HEIGHT_ONLY 0x08 | |
93 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
94 | /** |
95 | Flags for SetStyle/SetListStyle. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
96 | */ |
97 | ||
98 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE 0x00 | |
99 | ||
100 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
101 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
102 | ||
103 | // Specifies that the style should not be applied if the | |
104 | // combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
105 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE 0x02 | |
106 | ||
107 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
108 | // and not the content. This allows content styling to be | |
109 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
110 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x04 | |
111 | ||
112 | // Specifies that the style should only be applied to characters, | |
113 | // and not the paragraph. This allows content styling to be | |
114 | // preserved independently from that of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
115 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x08 | |
116 | ||
117 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies starting from the given number, otherwise | |
118 | // deduces number from existing attributes | |
119 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER 0x10 | |
120 | ||
121 | // For SetListStyle only: specifies the list level for all paragraphs, otherwise | |
122 | // the current indentation will be used | |
123 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL 0x20 | |
124 | ||
125 | // Resets the existing style before applying the new style | |
126 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET 0x40 | |
127 | ||
128 | // Removes the given style instead of applying it | |
129 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE 0x80 | |
130 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
131 | /** |
132 | Flags for SetProperties. | |
133 | */ | |
134 | ||
135 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE 0x00 | |
136 | ||
137 | // Specifies that this operation should be undoable | |
138 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO 0x01 | |
139 | ||
140 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to paragraphs, | |
141 | // and not the content. | |
142 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY 0x02 | |
143 | ||
144 | // Specifies that the properties should only be applied to characters, | |
145 | // and not the paragraph. | |
146 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY 0x04 | |
147 | ||
148 | // Resets the existing properties before applying the new properties. | |
149 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET 0x08 | |
150 | ||
151 | // Removes the given properties instead of applying them. | |
152 | #define wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE 0x10 | |
153 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
154 | /** |
155 | Flags for object insertion. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
156 | */ |
157 | ||
158 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_NONE 0x00 | |
159 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_WITH_PREVIOUS_PARAGRAPH_STYLE 0x01 | |
160 | #define wxRICHTEXT_INSERT_INTERACTIVE 0x02 | |
161 | ||
162 | // A special flag telling the buffer to keep the first paragraph style | |
163 | // as-is, when deleting a paragraph marker. In future we might pass a | |
164 | // flag to InsertFragment and DeleteRange to indicate the appropriate mode. | |
165 | #define wxTEXT_ATTR_KEEP_FIRST_PARA_STYLE 0x10000000 | |
166 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
167 | /** |
168 | Default superscript/subscript font multiplication factor. | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
169 | */ |
170 | ||
171 | #define wxSCRIPT_MUL_FACTOR 1.5 | |
172 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
173 | /** |
174 | The type for wxTextAttrDimension flags. | |
175 | */ | |
176 | typedef unsigned short wxTextAttrDimensionFlags; | |
9e7ad1ca | 177 | |
23324ae1 | 178 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
179 | Miscellaneous text box flags |
180 | */ | |
181 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFlags | |
182 | { | |
183 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT = 0x00000001, | |
184 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR = 0x00000002, | |
185 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS = 0x00000004, | |
186 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT = 0x00000008 | |
187 | }; | |
188 | ||
189 | /** | |
190 | Whether a value is present, used in dimension flags. | |
191 | */ | |
192 | enum wxTextAttrValueFlags | |
193 | { | |
194 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID = 0x1000, | |
195 | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK = 0x1000 | |
196 | }; | |
197 | ||
198 | /** | |
199 | Units, included in the dimension value. | |
200 | */ | |
201 | enum wxTextAttrUnits | |
202 | { | |
203 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM = 0x0001, | |
204 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PIXELS = 0x0002, | |
205 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_PERCENTAGE = 0x0004, | |
206 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_POINTS = 0x0008, | |
207 | ||
208 | wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK = 0x000F | |
209 | }; | |
210 | ||
211 | /** | |
212 | Position alternatives, included in the dimension flags. | |
213 | */ | |
214 | enum wxTextBoxAttrPosition | |
215 | { | |
216 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_STATIC = 0x0000, // Default is static, i.e. as per normal layout | |
217 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_RELATIVE = 0x0010, // Relative to the relevant edge | |
d87098c0 JS |
218 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_ABSOLUTE = 0x0020, // Relative to the parent |
219 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_FIXED = 0x0040, // Relative to the top-level window | |
7afd2b58 JS |
220 | |
221 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK = 0x00F0 | |
222 | }; | |
7c913512 | 223 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
224 | /** |
225 | @class wxTextAttrDimension | |
226 | ||
227 | A class representing a rich text dimension, including units and position. | |
7c913512 | 228 | |
23324ae1 | 229 | @library{wxrichtext} |
21b447dc | 230 | @category{richtext} |
7c913512 | 231 | |
7afd2b58 | 232 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimensions |
23324ae1 | 233 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 234 | |
16caec26 | 235 | class wxTextAttrDimension |
23324ae1 FM |
236 | { |
237 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 238 | /** |
9e7ad1ca | 239 | Default constructor. |
23324ae1 | 240 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 241 | wxTextAttrDimension() { Reset(); } |
9e7ad1ca | 242 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 243 | Constructor taking value and units flag. |
9e7ad1ca | 244 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 245 | wxTextAttrDimension(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { m_value = value; m_flags = units|wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23324ae1 FM |
246 | |
247 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 248 | Resets the dimension value and flags. |
23324ae1 | 249 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 250 | void Reset() { m_value = 0; m_flags = 0; } |
23324ae1 FM |
251 | |
252 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
253 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
254 | have to be present if those attributes of @a dim are present. If @a weakTest is | |
255 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dim but not | |
256 | in this object. | |
23324ae1 | 257 | */ |
32423dd8 | 258 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, bool weakTest = true) const; |
23324ae1 | 259 | |
7afd2b58 | 260 | /** Apply the dimension, but not those identical to @a compareWith if present. |
23324ae1 | 261 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 262 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, const wxTextAttrDimension* compareWith = NULL); |
23324ae1 | 263 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
264 | /** Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
265 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
23324ae1 | 266 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 267 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimension& attr, wxTextAttrDimension& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimension& absentAttr); |
23324ae1 FM |
268 | |
269 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 270 | Equality operator. |
23324ae1 | 271 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 272 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const { return m_value == dim.m_value && m_flags == dim.m_flags; } |
23324ae1 FM |
273 | |
274 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 275 | Returns the integer value of the dimension. |
23324ae1 | 276 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 277 | int GetValue() const { return m_value; } |
23324ae1 FM |
278 | |
279 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 280 | Returns the floating-pointing value of the dimension in mm. |
23324ae1 | 281 | |
23324ae1 | 282 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 283 | float GetValueMM() const { return float(m_value) / 10.0; } |
23324ae1 FM |
284 | |
285 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 286 | Sets the value of the dimension in mm. |
23324ae1 | 287 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 288 | void SetValueMM(float value) { m_value = (int) ((value * 10.0) + 0.5); m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23324ae1 FM |
289 | |
290 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 291 | Sets the integer value of the dimension. |
23324ae1 | 292 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 293 | void SetValue(int value) { m_value = value; m_flags |= wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23324ae1 FM |
294 | |
295 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 296 | Sets the integer value of the dimension, passing dimension flags. |
23324ae1 | 297 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 298 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { SetValue(value); m_flags = flags; } |
23324ae1 FM |
299 | |
300 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 301 | Sets the integer value and units. |
23324ae1 | 302 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 303 | void SetValue(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_value = value; m_flags = units | wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID; } |
23324ae1 FM |
304 | |
305 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 306 | Sets the dimension. |
23324ae1 | 307 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 308 | void SetValue(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { (*this) = dim; } |
23324ae1 FM |
309 | |
310 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 311 | Gets the units of the dimension. |
23324ae1 | 312 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 313 | wxTextAttrUnits GetUnits() const { return (wxTextAttrUnits) (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK); } |
23324ae1 FM |
314 | |
315 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 316 | Sets the units of the dimension. |
23324ae1 | 317 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 318 | void SetUnits(wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_MASK; m_flags |= units; } |
23324ae1 FM |
319 | |
320 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 321 | Gets the position flags. |
23324ae1 | 322 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 323 | wxTextBoxAttrPosition GetPosition() const { return (wxTextBoxAttrPosition) (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK); } |
23324ae1 FM |
324 | |
325 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 326 | Sets the position flags. |
23324ae1 | 327 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 328 | void SetPosition(wxTextBoxAttrPosition pos) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_POSITION_MASK; m_flags |= pos; } |
23324ae1 FM |
329 | |
330 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 331 | Returns @true if the dimension is valid. |
23324ae1 | 332 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 333 | bool IsValid() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID) != 0; } |
23324ae1 FM |
334 | |
335 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 336 | Sets the valid flag. |
23324ae1 | 337 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 338 | void SetValid(bool b) { m_flags &= ~wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID_MASK; m_flags |= (b ? wxTEXT_ATTR_VALUE_VALID : 0); } |
23324ae1 FM |
339 | |
340 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 341 | Gets the dimension flags. |
23324ae1 | 342 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 343 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23324ae1 FM |
344 | |
345 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 346 | Sets the dimension flags. |
23324ae1 | 347 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 348 | void SetFlags(wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
23324ae1 | 349 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
350 | int m_value; |
351 | wxTextAttrDimensionFlags m_flags; | |
352 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 353 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
354 | /** |
355 | @class wxTextAttrDimensions | |
356 | A class for left, right, top and bottom dimensions. | |
9e7ad1ca | 357 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
358 | @library{wxrichtext} |
359 | @category{richtext} | |
23324ae1 | 360 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
361 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension |
362 | */ | |
23324ae1 | 363 | |
16caec26 | 364 | class wxTextAttrDimensions |
7afd2b58 JS |
365 | { |
366 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 367 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 368 | Default constructor. |
23324ae1 | 369 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 370 | wxTextAttrDimensions() {} |
23324ae1 FM |
371 | |
372 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 373 | Resets the value and flags for all dimensions. |
23324ae1 | 374 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 375 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } |
23324ae1 FM |
376 | |
377 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 378 | Equality operator. |
23324ae1 | 379 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 380 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims) const { return m_left == dims.m_left && m_top == dims.m_top && m_right == dims.m_right && m_bottom == dims.m_bottom; } |
23324ae1 FM |
381 | |
382 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
383 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
384 | have to be present if those attributes of @a dim sare present. If @a weakTest is | |
385 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a dims but not | |
386 | in this object. | |
23324ae1 | 387 | |
23324ae1 | 388 | */ |
32423dd8 | 389 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, bool weakTest = true) const; |
23324ae1 | 390 | |
23324ae1 | 391 | /** |
d87098c0 | 392 | Apply to 'this', but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23324ae1 | 393 | |
23324ae1 | 394 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 395 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrDimensions& dims, const wxTextAttrDimensions* compareWith = NULL); |
23324ae1 FM |
396 | |
397 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
398 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
399 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
23324ae1 | 400 | |
23324ae1 | 401 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 402 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr, wxTextAttrDimensions& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrDimensions& absentAttr); |
23324ae1 FM |
403 | |
404 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 405 | Remove specified attributes from this object. |
23324ae1 | 406 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 407 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrDimensions& attr); |
23324ae1 FM |
408 | |
409 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 410 | Gets the left dimension. |
23324ae1 | 411 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
412 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } |
413 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
23324ae1 | 414 | |
23324ae1 | 415 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 416 | Gets the right dimension. |
23324ae1 | 417 | |
23324ae1 | 418 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
419 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_right; } |
420 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
23324ae1 FM |
421 | |
422 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 423 | Gets the top dimension. |
23324ae1 | 424 | |
23324ae1 | 425 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
426 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_top; } |
427 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
23324ae1 FM |
428 | |
429 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 430 | Gets the bottom dimension. |
23324ae1 | 431 | |
23324ae1 | 432 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
433 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } |
434 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
23324ae1 | 435 | |
eb3d8a33 JS |
436 | /** |
437 | Are all dimensions valid? | |
438 | ||
439 | */ | |
440 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() && m_top.IsValid() && m_right.IsValid() && m_bottom.IsValid(); } | |
441 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
442 | wxTextAttrDimension m_left; |
443 | wxTextAttrDimension m_top; | |
444 | wxTextAttrDimension m_right; | |
445 | wxTextAttrDimension m_bottom; | |
446 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 447 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
448 | /** |
449 | @class wxTextAttrSize | |
450 | A class for representing width and height. | |
23324ae1 | 451 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
452 | @library{wxrichtext} |
453 | @category{richtext} | |
23324ae1 | 454 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
455 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension |
456 | */ | |
23324ae1 | 457 | |
16caec26 | 458 | class wxTextAttrSize |
7afd2b58 JS |
459 | { |
460 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 461 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 462 | Default constructor. |
23324ae1 | 463 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 464 | wxTextAttrSize() {} |
23324ae1 FM |
465 | |
466 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 467 | Resets the width and height dimensions. |
23324ae1 | 468 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 469 | void Reset() { m_width.Reset(); m_height.Reset(); } |
23324ae1 FM |
470 | |
471 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 472 | Equality operator. |
23324ae1 | 473 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 474 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrSize& size) const { return m_width == size.m_width && m_height == size.m_height ; } |
23324ae1 FM |
475 | |
476 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
477 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
478 | have to be present if those attributes of @a size are present. If @a weakTest is | |
479 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a size but not | |
480 | in this object. | |
23324ae1 | 481 | */ |
32423dd8 | 482 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrSize& size, bool weakTest = true) const; |
23324ae1 FM |
483 | |
484 | /** | |
d87098c0 | 485 | Apply to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. |
23324ae1 | 486 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 487 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrSize& dims, const wxTextAttrSize* compareWith = NULL); |
23324ae1 FM |
488 | |
489 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
490 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of |
491 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
23324ae1 | 492 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 493 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrSize& attr, wxTextAttrSize& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrSize& absentAttr); |
23324ae1 FM |
494 | |
495 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 496 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. |
23324ae1 | 497 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 498 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrSize& attr); |
23324ae1 FM |
499 | |
500 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 501 | Returns the width. |
23324ae1 | 502 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
503 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_width; } |
504 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_width; } | |
23324ae1 FM |
505 | |
506 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 507 | Sets the width. |
23324ae1 | 508 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 509 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_width.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 510 | |
23324ae1 | 511 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 512 | Sets the width. |
23324ae1 | 513 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 514 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_width.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 515 | |
23324ae1 | 516 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 517 | Sets the width. |
23324ae1 | 518 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 519 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_width.SetValue(dim); } |
23324ae1 FM |
520 | |
521 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 522 | Gets the height. |
23324ae1 | 523 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
524 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_height; } |
525 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_height; } | |
23324ae1 FM |
526 | |
527 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 528 | Sets the height. |
23324ae1 | 529 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 530 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrDimensionFlags flags) { m_height.SetValue(value, flags); } |
303f0be7 | 531 | |
23324ae1 | 532 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 533 | Sets the height. |
23324ae1 | 534 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 535 | void SetHeight(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units) { m_height.SetValue(value, units); } |
303f0be7 | 536 | |
9e7ad1ca | 537 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 538 | Sets the height. |
9e7ad1ca | 539 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 540 | void SetHeight(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) { m_height.SetValue(dim); } |
9e7ad1ca | 541 | |
303f0be7 JS |
542 | /** |
543 | Is the size valid? | |
544 | */ | |
545 | bool IsValid() const { return m_width.IsValid() && m_height.IsValid(); } | |
546 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
547 | wxTextAttrDimension m_width; |
548 | wxTextAttrDimension m_height; | |
549 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 550 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
551 | /** |
552 | @class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter | |
553 | A class to make it easier to convert dimensions. | |
23324ae1 | 554 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
555 | @library{wxrichtext} |
556 | @category{richtext} | |
9e7ad1ca | 557 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
558 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxTextAttrDimension |
559 | */ | |
23324ae1 | 560 | |
16caec26 | 561 | class wxTextAttrDimensionConverter |
7afd2b58 JS |
562 | { |
563 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 564 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 565 | Constructor. |
23324ae1 | 566 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 567 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(wxDC& dc, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
23324ae1 | 568 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 569 | Constructor. |
23324ae1 | 570 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 571 | wxTextAttrDimensionConverter(int ppi, double scale = 1.0, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
23324ae1 FM |
572 | |
573 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 574 | Gets the pixel size for the given dimension. |
23324ae1 | 575 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 576 | int GetPixels(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim, int direction = wxHORIZONTAL) const; |
23324ae1 | 577 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 578 | Gets the mm size for the given dimension. |
23324ae1 | 579 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 580 | int GetTenthsMM(const wxTextAttrDimension& dim) const; |
23324ae1 FM |
581 | |
582 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 583 | Converts tenths of a mm to pixels. |
23324ae1 | 584 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 585 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int units) const; |
23324ae1 | 586 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 587 | Converts pixels to tenths of a mm. |
23324ae1 | 588 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 589 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int pixels) const; |
9e7ad1ca | 590 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
591 | int m_ppi; |
592 | double m_scale; | |
593 | wxSize m_parentSize; | |
594 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 595 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
596 | /** |
597 | Border styles, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
598 | */ | |
599 | enum wxTextAttrBorderStyle | |
600 | { | |
601 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_NONE = 0, | |
602 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_SOLID = 1, | |
603 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOTTED = 2, | |
604 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DASHED = 3, | |
605 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_DOUBLE = 4, | |
606 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_GROOVE = 5, | |
607 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_RIDGE = 6, | |
608 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_INSET = 7, | |
609 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_OUTSET = 8 | |
610 | }; | |
611 | ||
612 | /** | |
613 | Border style presence flags, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
614 | */ | |
615 | enum wxTextAttrBorderFlags | |
616 | { | |
617 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE = 0x0001, | |
618 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR = 0x0002 | |
619 | }; | |
620 | ||
621 | /** | |
622 | Border width symbols for qualitative widths, used with wxTextAttrBorder. | |
623 | */ | |
624 | enum wxTextAttrBorderWidth | |
625 | { | |
626 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THIN = -1, | |
627 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_MEDIUM = -2, | |
628 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_THICK = -3 | |
629 | }; | |
630 | ||
631 | /** | |
632 | Float styles. | |
633 | */ | |
634 | enum wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle | |
635 | { | |
636 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE = 0, | |
637 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_LEFT = 1, | |
638 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_RIGHT = 2 | |
639 | }; | |
640 | ||
641 | /** | |
642 | Clear styles. | |
643 | */ | |
644 | enum wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle | |
645 | { | |
646 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_NONE = 0, | |
647 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_LEFT = 1, | |
648 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_RIGHT = 2, | |
649 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR_BOTH = 3 | |
650 | }; | |
651 | ||
652 | /** | |
653 | Collapse mode styles. TODO: can they be switched on per side? | |
654 | */ | |
655 | enum wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode | |
656 | { | |
657 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_NONE = 0, | |
658 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_FULL = 1 | |
659 | }; | |
660 | ||
661 | /** | |
662 | Vertical alignment values. | |
663 | */ | |
664 | enum wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment | |
665 | { | |
666 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_NONE = 0, | |
667 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_TOP = 1, | |
668 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_CENTRE = 2, | |
669 | wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT_BOTTOM = 3 | |
670 | }; | |
671 | ||
672 | /** | |
673 | @class wxTextAttrBorder | |
674 | A class representing a rich text object border. | |
675 | ||
676 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
677 | @category{richtext} | |
678 | ||
679 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorders | |
680 | */ | |
681 | ||
16caec26 | 682 | class wxTextAttrBorder |
7afd2b58 JS |
683 | { |
684 | public: | |
685 | /** | |
686 | Default constructor. | |
687 | */ | |
688 | wxTextAttrBorder() { Reset(); } | |
689 | ||
690 | /** | |
691 | Equality operator. | |
692 | */ | |
693 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorder& border) const | |
694 | { | |
695 | return m_flags == border.m_flags && m_borderStyle == border.m_borderStyle && | |
696 | m_borderColour == border.m_borderColour && m_borderWidth == border.m_borderWidth; | |
697 | } | |
698 | ||
699 | /** | |
700 | Resets the border style, colour, width and flags. | |
701 | */ | |
702 | void Reset() { m_borderStyle = 0; m_borderColour = 0; m_flags = 0; m_borderWidth.Reset(); } | |
703 | ||
704 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
705 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
706 | have to be present if those attributes of @a border are present. If @a weakTest is | |
707 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a border but not | |
708 | in this object. | |
7afd2b58 | 709 | */ |
32423dd8 | 710 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, bool weakTest = true) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
711 | |
712 | /** | |
713 | Applies the border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
714 | ||
715 | */ | |
716 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorder& border, const wxTextAttrBorder* compareWith = NULL); | |
717 | ||
718 | /** | |
719 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
720 | */ | |
721 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr); | |
722 | ||
723 | /** | |
724 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
725 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
726 | */ | |
727 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorder& attr, wxTextAttrBorder& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorder& absentAttr); | |
728 | ||
729 | /** | |
730 | Sets the border style. | |
731 | */ | |
732 | void SetStyle(int style) { m_borderStyle = style; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE; } | |
733 | ||
734 | /** | |
735 | Gets the border style. | |
736 | ||
737 | */ | |
738 | int GetStyle() const { return m_borderStyle; } | |
739 | ||
740 | /** | |
741 | Sets the border colour. | |
742 | */ | |
743 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour) { m_borderColour = colour; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } | |
744 | ||
745 | /** | |
746 | Sets the border colour. | |
747 | */ | |
748 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour.GetRGB(); m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR; } | |
749 | ||
750 | /** | |
751 | Gets the colour as a long. | |
752 | */ | |
753 | unsigned long GetColourLong() const { return m_borderColour; } | |
754 | ||
755 | /** | |
756 | Gets the colour. | |
757 | */ | |
758 | wxColour GetColour() const { return wxColour(m_borderColour); } | |
759 | ||
760 | /** | |
761 | Gets the border width. | |
762 | */ | |
763 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_borderWidth; } | |
764 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_borderWidth; } | |
765 | ||
766 | /** | |
767 | Sets the border width. | |
768 | */ | |
769 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width) { m_borderWidth = width; } | |
770 | /** | |
771 | Sets the border width. | |
772 | */ | |
773 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } | |
774 | ||
775 | /** | |
776 | True if the border has a valid style. | |
777 | */ | |
778 | bool HasStyle() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_STYLE) != 0; } | |
779 | ||
780 | /** | |
781 | True if the border has a valid colour. | |
782 | */ | |
783 | bool HasColour() const { return (m_flags & wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BORDER_COLOUR) != 0; } | |
784 | ||
785 | /** | |
786 | True if the border has a valid width. | |
787 | */ | |
788 | bool HasWidth() const { return m_borderWidth.IsValid(); } | |
789 | ||
790 | /** | |
791 | True if the border is valid. | |
792 | */ | |
793 | bool IsValid() const { return HasWidth(); } | |
794 | ||
795 | /** | |
796 | Set the valid flag for this border. | |
797 | */ | |
798 | void MakeValid() { m_borderWidth.SetValid(true); } | |
799 | ||
800 | /** | |
801 | Returns the border flags. | |
802 | */ | |
803 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } | |
804 | ||
805 | /** | |
806 | Sets the border flags. | |
807 | */ | |
808 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } | |
809 | ||
810 | /** | |
811 | Adds a border flag. | |
812 | */ | |
813 | void AddFlag(int flag) { m_flags |= flag; } | |
814 | ||
815 | /** | |
816 | Removes a border flag. | |
817 | */ | |
818 | void RemoveFlag(int flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } | |
819 | ||
820 | int m_borderStyle; | |
821 | unsigned long m_borderColour; | |
822 | wxTextAttrDimension m_borderWidth; | |
823 | int m_flags; | |
824 | }; | |
825 | ||
826 | /** | |
827 | @class wxTextAttrBorders | |
828 | A class representing a rich text object's borders. | |
829 | ||
830 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
831 | @category{richtext} | |
832 | ||
833 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextAttrBorder | |
834 | */ | |
835 | ||
16caec26 | 836 | class wxTextAttrBorders |
7afd2b58 JS |
837 | { |
838 | public: | |
839 | /** | |
840 | Default constructor. | |
841 | */ | |
842 | wxTextAttrBorders() { } | |
843 | ||
844 | /** | |
845 | Equality operator. | |
846 | */ | |
847 | bool operator==(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders) const | |
848 | { | |
849 | return m_left == borders.m_left && m_right == borders.m_right && | |
850 | m_top == borders.m_top && m_bottom == borders.m_bottom; | |
851 | } | |
852 | ||
853 | /** | |
854 | Sets the style of all borders. | |
855 | */ | |
856 | void SetStyle(int style); | |
857 | ||
858 | /** | |
859 | Sets colour of all borders. | |
860 | */ | |
861 | void SetColour(unsigned long colour); | |
862 | ||
863 | /** | |
864 | Sets the colour for all borders. | |
865 | */ | |
866 | void SetColour(const wxColour& colour); | |
867 | ||
868 | /** | |
869 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
870 | */ | |
871 | void SetWidth(const wxTextAttrDimension& width); | |
872 | ||
873 | /** | |
874 | Sets the width of all borders. | |
875 | */ | |
876 | void SetWidth(int value, wxTextAttrUnits units = wxTEXT_ATTR_UNITS_TENTHS_MM) { SetWidth(wxTextAttrDimension(value, units)); } | |
877 | ||
878 | /** | |
879 | Resets all borders. | |
880 | */ | |
881 | void Reset() { m_left.Reset(); m_right.Reset(); m_top.Reset(); m_bottom.Reset(); } | |
882 | ||
883 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
884 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
885 | have to be present if those attributes of @a borders are present. If @a weakTest is | |
886 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a borders but not | |
887 | in this object. | |
7afd2b58 | 888 | */ |
32423dd8 | 889 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, bool weakTest = true) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
890 | |
891 | /** | |
892 | Applies border to this object, but not if the same as @a compareWith. | |
893 | */ | |
894 | bool Apply(const wxTextAttrBorders& borders, const wxTextAttrBorders* compareWith = NULL); | |
895 | ||
896 | /** | |
897 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
898 | */ | |
899 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr); | |
900 | ||
901 | /** | |
902 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
903 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
904 | */ | |
905 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, wxTextAttrBorders& clashingAttr, wxTextAttrBorders& absentAttr); | |
906 | ||
907 | /** | |
908 | Returns @true if all borders are valid. | |
909 | */ | |
910 | bool IsValid() const { return m_left.IsValid() || m_right.IsValid() || m_top.IsValid() || m_bottom.IsValid(); } | |
911 | ||
912 | /** | |
913 | Returns the left border. | |
914 | */ | |
915 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() const { return m_left; } | |
916 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeft() { return m_left; } | |
917 | ||
918 | /** | |
919 | Returns the right border. | |
920 | */ | |
921 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() const { return m_right; } | |
922 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRight() { return m_right; } | |
923 | ||
924 | /** | |
925 | Returns the top border. | |
926 | */ | |
927 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() const { return m_top; } | |
928 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTop() { return m_top; } | |
929 | ||
930 | /** | |
931 | Returns the bottom border. | |
932 | */ | |
933 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() const { return m_bottom; } | |
934 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottom() { return m_bottom; } | |
935 | ||
936 | wxTextAttrBorder m_left, m_right, m_top, m_bottom; | |
937 | ||
938 | }; | |
939 | ||
940 | /** | |
941 | @class wxTextBoxAttr | |
942 | A class representing the box attributes of a rich text object. | |
943 | ||
944 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
945 | @category{richtext} | |
946 | ||
947 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
948 | */ | |
949 | ||
16caec26 | 950 | class wxTextBoxAttr |
7afd2b58 JS |
951 | { |
952 | public: | |
953 | /** | |
954 | Default constructor. | |
955 | */ | |
956 | wxTextBoxAttr() { Init(); } | |
957 | ||
958 | /** | |
959 | Copy constructor. | |
960 | */ | |
961 | wxTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { Init(); (*this) = attr; } | |
962 | ||
963 | /** | |
964 | Initialises this object. | |
965 | */ | |
966 | void Init() { Reset(); } | |
967 | ||
968 | /** | |
969 | Resets this object. | |
970 | */ | |
971 | void Reset(); | |
972 | ||
973 | // Copy. Unnecessary since we let it do a binary copy | |
974 | //void Copy(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); | |
975 | ||
976 | // Assignment | |
977 | //void operator= (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); | |
978 | ||
979 | /** | |
980 | Equality test. | |
981 | */ | |
982 | bool operator== (const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) const; | |
983 | ||
984 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
985 | Partial equality test, ignoring unset attributes. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
986 | have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is | |
987 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not | |
988 | in this object. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
989 | |
990 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 991 | bool EqPartial(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
992 | |
993 | /** | |
994 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith is non-NULL, then it will be used | |
995 | to mask out those attributes that are the same in style and @a compareWith, for | |
996 | situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
997 | */ | |
998 | bool Apply(const wxTextBoxAttr& style, const wxTextBoxAttr* compareWith = NULL); | |
999 | ||
1000 | /** | |
1001 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1002 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1003 | */ | |
1004 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr, wxTextBoxAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextBoxAttr& absentAttr); | |
1005 | ||
1006 | /** | |
1007 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1008 | */ | |
1009 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr); | |
1010 | ||
1011 | /** | |
1012 | Sets the flags. | |
1013 | */ | |
1014 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } | |
1015 | ||
1016 | /** | |
1017 | Returns the flags. | |
1018 | */ | |
1019 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } | |
1020 | ||
1021 | /** | |
1022 | Is this flag present? | |
1023 | */ | |
1024 | bool HasFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) const { return (m_flags & flag) != 0; } | |
1025 | ||
1026 | /** | |
1027 | Removes this flag. | |
1028 | */ | |
1029 | void RemoveFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; } | |
1030 | ||
1031 | /** | |
1032 | Adds this flag. | |
1033 | */ | |
1034 | void AddFlag(wxTextBoxAttrFlags flag) { m_flags |= flag; } | |
1035 | ||
1036 | /** | |
1037 | Returns @true if no attributes are set. | |
1038 | */ | |
1039 | bool IsDefault() const; | |
1040 | ||
1041 | /** | |
1042 | Returns the float mode. | |
1043 | */ | |
1044 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle GetFloatMode() const { return m_floatMode; } | |
1045 | ||
1046 | /** | |
1047 | Sets the float mode. | |
1048 | */ | |
1049 | void SetFloatMode(wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle mode) { m_floatMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT; } | |
1050 | ||
1051 | /** | |
1052 | Returns @true if float mode is active. | |
1053 | */ | |
1054 | bool HasFloatMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT); } | |
1055 | ||
1056 | /** | |
1057 | Returns @true if this object is floating. | |
1058 | */ | |
1059 | bool IsFloating() const { return HasFloatMode() && GetFloatMode() != wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_FLOAT_NONE; } | |
1060 | ||
1061 | /** | |
1062 | Returns the clear mode - whether to wrap text after object. Currently unimplemented. | |
1063 | */ | |
1064 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle GetClearMode() const { return m_clearMode; } | |
1065 | ||
1066 | /** | |
1067 | Set the clear mode. Currently unimplemented. | |
1068 | */ | |
1069 | void SetClearMode(wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle mode) { m_clearMode = mode; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR; } | |
1070 | ||
1071 | /** | |
1072 | Returns @true if we have a clear flag. | |
1073 | */ | |
1074 | bool HasClearMode() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_CLEAR); } | |
1075 | ||
1076 | /** | |
1077 | Returns the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1078 | */ | |
1079 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode GetCollapseBorders() const { return m_collapseMode; } | |
1080 | ||
1081 | /** | |
1082 | Sets the collapse mode - whether to collapse borders. Currently unimplemented. | |
1083 | */ | |
1084 | void SetCollapseBorders(wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode collapse) { m_collapseMode = collapse; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS; } | |
1085 | ||
1086 | /** | |
1087 | Returns @true if the collapse borders flag is present. | |
1088 | */ | |
1089 | bool HasCollapseBorders() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_COLLAPSE_BORDERS); } | |
1090 | ||
1091 | /** | |
1092 | Returns the vertical alignment. | |
1093 | */ | |
1094 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment GetVerticalAlignment() const { return m_verticalAlignment; } | |
1095 | ||
1096 | /** | |
1097 | Sets the vertical alignment. | |
1098 | */ | |
1099 | void SetVerticalAlignment(wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment verticalAlignment) { m_verticalAlignment = verticalAlignment; m_flags |= wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT; } | |
1100 | ||
1101 | /** | |
1102 | Returns @true if a vertical alignment flag is present. | |
1103 | */ | |
1104 | bool HasVerticalAlignment() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_VERTICAL_ALIGNMENT); } | |
1105 | ||
1106 | /** | |
1107 | Returns the margin values. | |
1108 | */ | |
1109 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() { return m_margins; } | |
1110 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetMargins() const { return m_margins; } | |
1111 | ||
1112 | /** | |
1113 | Returns the left margin. | |
1114 | */ | |
1115 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() { return m_margins.m_left; } | |
1116 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftMargin() const { return m_margins.m_left; } | |
1117 | ||
1118 | /** | |
1119 | Returns the right margin. | |
1120 | */ | |
1121 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() { return m_margins.m_right; } | |
1122 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightMargin() const { return m_margins.m_right; } | |
1123 | ||
1124 | /** | |
1125 | Returns the top margin. | |
1126 | */ | |
1127 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() { return m_margins.m_top; } | |
1128 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopMargin() const { return m_margins.m_top; } | |
1129 | ||
1130 | /** | |
1131 | Returns the bottom margin. | |
1132 | */ | |
1133 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() { return m_margins.m_bottom; } | |
1134 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomMargin() const { return m_margins.m_bottom; } | |
1135 | ||
1136 | /** | |
1137 | Returns the position. | |
1138 | */ | |
1139 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() { return m_position; } | |
1140 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPosition() const { return m_position; } | |
1141 | ||
1142 | /** | |
1143 | Returns the left position. | |
1144 | */ | |
1145 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() { return m_position.m_left; } | |
1146 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeft() const { return m_position.m_left; } | |
1147 | ||
1148 | /** | |
1149 | Returns the right position. | |
1150 | */ | |
1151 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() { return m_position.m_right; } | |
1152 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRight() const { return m_position.m_right; } | |
1153 | ||
1154 | /** | |
1155 | Returns the top position. | |
1156 | */ | |
1157 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() { return m_position.m_top; } | |
1158 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTop() const { return m_position.m_top; } | |
1159 | ||
1160 | /** | |
1161 | Returns the bottom position. | |
1162 | */ | |
1163 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() { return m_position.m_bottom; } | |
1164 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottom() const { return m_position.m_bottom; } | |
1165 | ||
1166 | /** | |
1167 | Returns the padding values. | |
1168 | */ | |
1169 | wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() { return m_padding; } | |
1170 | const wxTextAttrDimensions& GetPadding() const { return m_padding; } | |
1171 | ||
1172 | /** | |
1173 | Returns the left padding value. | |
1174 | */ | |
1175 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() { return m_padding.m_left; } | |
1176 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetLeftPadding() const { return m_padding.m_left; } | |
1177 | ||
1178 | /** | |
1179 | Returns the right padding value. | |
1180 | */ | |
1181 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() { return m_padding.m_right; } | |
1182 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetRightPadding() const { return m_padding.m_right; } | |
1183 | ||
1184 | /** | |
1185 | Returns the top padding value. | |
1186 | */ | |
1187 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() { return m_padding.m_top; } | |
1188 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetTopPadding() const { return m_padding.m_top; } | |
1189 | ||
1190 | /** | |
1191 | Returns the bottom padding value. | |
1192 | */ | |
1193 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() { return m_padding.m_bottom; } | |
1194 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetBottomPadding() const { return m_padding.m_bottom; } | |
1195 | ||
1196 | /** | |
1197 | Returns the borders. | |
1198 | */ | |
1199 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() { return m_border; } | |
1200 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetBorder() const { return m_border; } | |
1201 | ||
1202 | /** | |
1203 | Returns the left border. | |
1204 | */ | |
1205 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() { return m_border.m_left; } | |
1206 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftBorder() const { return m_border.m_left; } | |
1207 | ||
1208 | /** | |
1209 | Returns the top border. | |
1210 | */ | |
1211 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() { return m_border.m_top; } | |
1212 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopBorder() const { return m_border.m_top; } | |
1213 | ||
1214 | /** | |
1215 | Returns the right border. | |
1216 | */ | |
1217 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() { return m_border.m_right; } | |
1218 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightBorder() const { return m_border.m_right; } | |
1219 | ||
1220 | /** | |
1221 | Returns the bottom border. | |
1222 | */ | |
1223 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() { return m_border.m_bottom; } | |
1224 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomBorder() const { return m_border.m_bottom; } | |
1225 | ||
1226 | /** | |
1227 | Returns the outline. | |
1228 | */ | |
1229 | wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() { return m_outline; } | |
1230 | const wxTextAttrBorders& GetOutline() const { return m_outline; } | |
1231 | ||
1232 | /** | |
1233 | Returns the left outline. | |
1234 | */ | |
1235 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() { return m_outline.m_left; } | |
1236 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetLeftOutline() const { return m_outline.m_left; } | |
1237 | ||
1238 | /** | |
1239 | Returns the top outline. | |
1240 | */ | |
1241 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() { return m_outline.m_top; } | |
1242 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetTopOutline() const { return m_outline.m_top; } | |
1243 | ||
1244 | /** | |
1245 | Returns the right outline. | |
1246 | */ | |
1247 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() { return m_outline.m_right; } | |
1248 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetRightOutline() const { return m_outline.m_right; } | |
1249 | ||
1250 | /** | |
1251 | Returns the bottom outline. | |
1252 | */ | |
1253 | wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() { return m_outline.m_bottom; } | |
1254 | const wxTextAttrBorder& GetBottomOutline() const { return m_outline.m_bottom; } | |
1255 | ||
1256 | /** | |
1257 | Returns the object size. | |
1258 | */ | |
1259 | wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() { return m_size; } | |
1260 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetSize() const { return m_size; } | |
1261 | ||
303f0be7 JS |
1262 | /** |
1263 | Returns the object minimum size. | |
1264 | */ | |
1265 | ||
1266 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() { return m_minSize; } | |
1267 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMinSize() const { return m_minSize; } | |
1268 | ||
1269 | /** | |
1270 | Returns the object maximum size. | |
1271 | */ | |
1272 | ||
1273 | wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() { return m_maxSize; } | |
1274 | const wxTextAttrSize& GetMaxSize() const { return m_maxSize; } | |
1275 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1276 | /** |
1277 | Sets the object size. | |
1278 | */ | |
1279 | void SetSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } | |
1280 | ||
303f0be7 JS |
1281 | /** |
1282 | Sets the object minimum size. | |
1283 | */ | |
1284 | void SetMinSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_minSize = sz; } | |
1285 | ||
1286 | /** | |
1287 | Sets the object maximum size. | |
1288 | */ | |
1289 | void SetMaxSize(const wxTextAttrSize& sz) { m_maxSize = sz; } | |
1290 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1291 | /** |
1292 | Returns the object width. | |
1293 | */ | |
1294 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() { return m_size.m_width; } | |
1295 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetWidth() const { return m_size.m_width; } | |
1296 | ||
1297 | /** | |
1298 | Returns the object height. | |
1299 | */ | |
1300 | wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() { return m_size.m_height; } | |
1301 | const wxTextAttrDimension& GetHeight() const { return m_size.m_height; } | |
1302 | ||
2f987d83 JS |
1303 | /** |
1304 | Returns the box style name. | |
1305 | */ | |
1306 | const wxString& GetBoxStyleName() const { return m_boxStyleName; } | |
1307 | ||
1308 | /** | |
1309 | Sets the box style name. | |
1310 | */ | |
1311 | void SetBoxStyleName(const wxString& name) { m_boxStyleName = name; AddFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1312 | ||
1313 | /** | |
1314 | Returns @true if the box style name is present. | |
1315 | */ | |
1316 | bool HasBoxStyleName() const { return HasFlag(wxTEXT_BOX_ATTR_BOX_STYLE_NAME); } | |
1317 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1318 | public: |
1319 | ||
1320 | int m_flags; | |
1321 | ||
1322 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_margins; | |
1323 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_padding; | |
1324 | wxTextAttrDimensions m_position; | |
1325 | ||
1326 | wxTextAttrSize m_size; | |
303f0be7 JS |
1327 | wxTextAttrSize m_minSize; |
1328 | wxTextAttrSize m_maxSize; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
1329 | |
1330 | wxTextAttrBorders m_border; | |
1331 | wxTextAttrBorders m_outline; | |
1332 | ||
1333 | wxTextBoxAttrFloatStyle m_floatMode; | |
1334 | wxTextBoxAttrClearStyle m_clearMode; | |
1335 | wxTextBoxAttrCollapseMode m_collapseMode; | |
1336 | wxTextBoxAttrVerticalAlignment m_verticalAlignment; | |
2f987d83 | 1337 | wxString m_boxStyleName; |
7afd2b58 JS |
1338 | }; |
1339 | ||
1340 | /** | |
1341 | @class wxRichTextAttr | |
1342 | A class representing enhanced attributes for rich text objects. | |
1343 | This adds a wxTextBoxAttr member to the basic wxTextAttr class. | |
1344 | ||
1345 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1346 | @category{richtext} | |
1347 | ||
1348 | @see wxRichTextAttr, wxTextBoxAttr, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1349 | */ | |
1350 | ||
16caec26 | 1351 | class wxRichTextAttr: public wxTextAttr |
7afd2b58 JS |
1352 | { |
1353 | public: | |
1354 | /** | |
1355 | Constructor taking a wxTextAttr. | |
1356 | */ | |
1357 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } | |
1358 | ||
1359 | /** | |
1360 | Copy constructor. | |
1361 | */ | |
1362 | wxRichTextAttr(const wxRichTextAttr& attr): wxTextAttr() { Copy(attr); } | |
1363 | ||
1364 | /** | |
1365 | Default constructor. | |
1366 | */ | |
1367 | wxRichTextAttr() {} | |
1368 | ||
1369 | /** | |
1370 | Copy function. | |
1371 | */ | |
1372 | void Copy(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); | |
1373 | ||
1374 | /** | |
1375 | Assignment operator. | |
1376 | */ | |
1377 | void operator=(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) { Copy(attr); } | |
1378 | ||
1379 | /** | |
1380 | Assignment operator. | |
1381 | */ | |
1382 | void operator=(const wxTextAttr& attr) { wxTextAttr::Copy(attr); } | |
1383 | ||
1384 | /** | |
1385 | Equality test. | |
1386 | */ | |
1387 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; | |
1388 | ||
1389 | /** | |
32423dd8 JS |
1390 | Partial equality test. If @a weakTest is @true, attributes of this object do not |
1391 | have to be present if those attributes of @a attr are present. If @a weakTest is | |
1392 | @false, the function will fail if an attribute is present in @a attr but not | |
1393 | in this object. | |
7afd2b58 | 1394 | */ |
32423dd8 | 1395 | bool EqPartial(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, bool weakTest = true) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
1396 | |
1397 | /** | |
1398 | Merges the given attributes. If @a compareWith | |
1399 | is non-NULL, then it will be used to mask out those attributes that are the same in style | |
1400 | and @a compareWith, for situations where we don't want to explicitly set inherited attributes. | |
1401 | */ | |
1402 | bool Apply(const wxRichTextAttr& style, const wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); | |
1403 | ||
1404 | /** | |
1405 | Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
1406 | which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
1407 | */ | |
1408 | void CollectCommonAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); | |
1409 | ||
1410 | /** | |
1411 | Removes the specified attributes from this object. | |
1412 | */ | |
1413 | bool RemoveStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); | |
1414 | ||
1415 | /** | |
1416 | Returns the text box attributes. | |
1417 | */ | |
1418 | wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() { return m_textBoxAttr; } | |
1419 | const wxTextBoxAttr& GetTextBoxAttr() const { return m_textBoxAttr; } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | /** | |
1422 | Set the text box attributes. | |
1423 | */ | |
1424 | void SetTextBoxAttr(const wxTextBoxAttr& attr) { m_textBoxAttr = attr; } | |
1425 | ||
f7667b84 JS |
1426 | /** |
1427 | Returns @true if no attributes are set. | |
1428 | */ | |
1429 | bool IsDefault() const { return (GetFlags() == 0) && m_textBoxAttr.IsDefault(); } | |
1430 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1431 | wxTextBoxAttr m_textBoxAttr; |
1432 | }; | |
1433 | ||
16caec26 RD |
1434 | class wxRichTextAttrArray; |
1435 | class wxRichTextVariantArray; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
1436 | |
1437 | /** | |
1438 | @class wxRichTextProperties | |
1439 | A simple property class using wxVariants. This is used to give each rich text object the | |
1440 | ability to store custom properties that can be used by the application. | |
1441 | ||
1442 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1443 | @category{richtext} | |
1444 | ||
1445 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1446 | */ | |
1447 | ||
16caec26 | 1448 | class wxRichTextProperties: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 | 1449 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
1450 | public: |
1451 | ||
1452 | /** | |
1453 | Default constructor. | |
1454 | */ | |
1455 | wxRichTextProperties() {} | |
1456 | ||
1457 | /** | |
1458 | Copy constructor. | |
1459 | */ | |
1460 | wxRichTextProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props): wxObject() { Copy(props); } | |
1461 | ||
1462 | /** | |
1463 | Assignment operator. | |
1464 | */ | |
1465 | void operator=(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { Copy(props); } | |
1466 | ||
1467 | /** | |
1468 | Equality operator. | |
1469 | */ | |
1470 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextProperties& props) const; | |
1471 | ||
1472 | /** | |
1473 | Copies from @a props. | |
1474 | */ | |
1475 | void Copy(const wxRichTextProperties& props) { m_properties = props.m_properties; } | |
1476 | ||
1477 | /** | |
1478 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1479 | */ | |
1480 | const wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) const { return m_properties[idx]; } | |
1481 | ||
1482 | /** | |
1483 | Returns the variant at the given index. | |
1484 | */ | |
1485 | wxVariant& operator[](size_t idx) { return m_properties[idx]; } | |
1486 | ||
1487 | /** | |
1488 | Clears the properties. | |
1489 | */ | |
1490 | void Clear() { m_properties.Clear(); } | |
1491 | ||
1492 | /** | |
1493 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1494 | */ | |
1495 | const wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() const { return m_properties; } | |
1496 | ||
1497 | /** | |
1498 | Returns the array of variants implementing the properties. | |
1499 | */ | |
1500 | wxRichTextVariantArray& GetProperties() { return m_properties; } | |
1501 | ||
1502 | /** | |
1503 | Sets the array of variants. | |
1504 | */ | |
1505 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextVariantArray& props) { m_properties = props; } | |
1506 | ||
1507 | /** | |
1508 | Returns all the property names. | |
1509 | */ | |
1510 | wxArrayString GetPropertyNames() const; | |
1511 | ||
1512 | /** | |
1513 | Returns a count of the properties. | |
1514 | */ | |
1515 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_properties.GetCount(); } | |
1516 | ||
1517 | /** | |
1518 | Returns @true if the given property is found. | |
1519 | */ | |
1520 | bool HasProperty(const wxString& name) const { return Find(name) != -1; } | |
1521 | ||
1522 | /** | |
1523 | Finds the given property. | |
1524 | */ | |
1525 | int Find(const wxString& name) const; | |
1526 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
1527 | /** |
1528 | Removes the given property. | |
1529 | */ | |
1530 | bool Remove(const wxString& name); | |
1531 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1532 | /** |
1533 | Gets the property variant by name. | |
1534 | */ | |
1535 | const wxVariant& GetProperty(const wxString& name) const; | |
1536 | ||
1537 | /** | |
1538 | Finds or creates a property with the given name, returning a pointer to the variant. | |
1539 | */ | |
1540 | wxVariant* FindOrCreateProperty(const wxString& name); | |
1541 | ||
1542 | /** | |
1543 | Gets the value of the named property as a string. | |
1544 | */ | |
1545 | wxString GetPropertyString(const wxString& name) const; | |
1546 | ||
1547 | /** | |
1548 | Gets the value of the named property as a long integer. | |
1549 | */ | |
1550 | long GetPropertyLong(const wxString& name) const; | |
1551 | ||
1552 | /** | |
1553 | Gets the value of the named property as a boolean. | |
1554 | */ | |
1555 | bool GetPropertyBool(const wxString& name) const; | |
1556 | ||
1557 | /** | |
1558 | Gets the value of the named property as a double. | |
1559 | */ | |
1560 | double GetPropertyDouble(const wxString& name) const; | |
1561 | ||
1562 | /** | |
1563 | Sets the property by passing a variant which contains a name and value. | |
1564 | */ | |
1565 | void SetProperty(const wxVariant& variant); | |
1566 | ||
1567 | /** | |
1568 | Sets a property by name and variant. | |
1569 | */ | |
1570 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxVariant& variant); | |
1571 | ||
1572 | /** | |
1573 | Sets a property by name and string value. | |
1574 | */ | |
1575 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, const wxString& value); | |
1576 | ||
1577 | /** | |
1578 | Sets property by name and long integer value. | |
1579 | */ | |
1580 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, long value); | |
1581 | ||
1582 | /** | |
1583 | Sets property by name and double value. | |
1584 | */ | |
1585 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, double value); | |
1586 | ||
1587 | /** | |
1588 | Sets property by name and boolean value. | |
1589 | */ | |
1590 | void SetProperty(const wxString& name, bool value); | |
1591 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
1592 | /** |
1593 | Removes the given properties from these properties. | |
1594 | */ | |
1595 | void RemoveProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1596 | ||
1597 | /** | |
1598 | Merges the given properties with these properties. | |
1599 | */ | |
1600 | void MergeProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& properties); | |
1601 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1602 | protected: |
1603 | wxRichTextVariantArray m_properties; | |
1604 | }; | |
1605 | ||
1606 | ||
1607 | /** | |
1608 | @class wxRichTextFontTable | |
1609 | Manages quick access to a pool of fonts for rendering rich text. | |
1610 | ||
1611 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1612 | @category{richtext} | |
1613 | ||
1614 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1615 | */ | |
1616 | ||
16caec26 | 1617 | class wxRichTextFontTable: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 JS |
1618 | { |
1619 | public: | |
1620 | /** | |
1621 | Default constructor. | |
1622 | */ | |
1623 | wxRichTextFontTable(); | |
1624 | ||
1625 | /** | |
1626 | Copy constructor. | |
1627 | */ | |
1628 | wxRichTextFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table); | |
1629 | virtual ~wxRichTextFontTable(); | |
1630 | ||
1631 | /** | |
1632 | Returns @true if the font table is valid. | |
1633 | */ | |
1634 | bool IsOk() const { return m_refData != NULL; } | |
1635 | ||
1636 | /** | |
1637 | Finds a font for the given attribute object. | |
1638 | */ | |
1639 | wxFont FindFont(const wxRichTextAttr& fontSpec); | |
1640 | ||
1641 | /** | |
1642 | Clears the font table. | |
1643 | */ | |
1644 | void Clear(); | |
1645 | ||
1646 | /** | |
1647 | Assignment operator. | |
1648 | */ | |
1649 | void operator= (const wxRichTextFontTable& table); | |
1650 | ||
1651 | /** | |
1652 | Equality operator. | |
1653 | */ | |
1654 | bool operator == (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const; | |
1655 | ||
1656 | /** | |
1657 | Inequality operator. | |
1658 | */ | |
1659 | bool operator != (const wxRichTextFontTable& table) const { return !(*this == table); } | |
1660 | ||
32423dd8 JS |
1661 | /** |
1662 | Set the font scale factor. | |
1663 | */ | |
1664 | void SetFontScale(double fontScale); | |
1665 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
1666 | protected: |
1667 | ||
32423dd8 | 1668 | double m_fontScale; |
7afd2b58 JS |
1669 | }; |
1670 | ||
1671 | /** | |
1672 | @class wxRichTextRange | |
1673 | ||
1674 | This stores beginning and end positions for a range of data. | |
1675 | ||
1676 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1677 | @category{richtext} | |
1678 | ||
1679 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1680 | */ | |
1681 | ||
16caec26 | 1682 | class wxRichTextRange |
7afd2b58 JS |
1683 | { |
1684 | public: | |
1685 | // Constructors | |
1686 | ||
1687 | /** | |
1688 | Default constructor. | |
1689 | */ | |
1690 | wxRichTextRange() { m_start = 0; m_end = 0; } | |
1691 | ||
1692 | /** | |
1693 | Constructor taking start and end positions. | |
1694 | */ | |
1695 | wxRichTextRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } | |
1696 | ||
1697 | /** | |
1698 | Copy constructor. | |
1699 | */ | |
1700 | wxRichTextRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } | |
1701 | ~wxRichTextRange() {} | |
1702 | ||
1703 | /** | |
1704 | Assigns @a range to this range. | |
1705 | */ | |
1706 | void operator =(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_start = range.m_start; m_end = range.m_end; } | |
1707 | ||
1708 | /** | |
1709 | Equality operator. Returns @true if @a range is the same as this range. | |
1710 | */ | |
1711 | bool operator ==(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start == range.m_start && m_end == range.m_end); } | |
1712 | ||
1713 | /** | |
1714 | Inequality operator. | |
1715 | */ | |
1716 | bool operator !=(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return (m_start != range.m_start || m_end != range.m_end); } | |
1717 | ||
1718 | /** | |
1719 | Subtracts a range from this range. | |
1720 | */ | |
1721 | wxRichTextRange operator -(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start - range.m_start, m_end - range.m_end); } | |
1722 | ||
1723 | /** | |
1724 | Adds a range to this range. | |
1725 | */ | |
1726 | wxRichTextRange operator +(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start + range.m_start, m_end + range.m_end); } | |
1727 | ||
1728 | /** | |
1729 | Sets the range start and end positions. | |
1730 | */ | |
1731 | void SetRange(long start, long end) { m_start = start; m_end = end; } | |
1732 | ||
1733 | /** | |
1734 | Sets the start position. | |
1735 | */ | |
1736 | void SetStart(long start) { m_start = start; } | |
1737 | ||
1738 | /** | |
1739 | Returns the start position. | |
1740 | */ | |
1741 | long GetStart() const { return m_start; } | |
1742 | ||
1743 | /** | |
1744 | Sets the end position. | |
1745 | */ | |
1746 | void SetEnd(long end) { m_end = end; } | |
1747 | ||
1748 | /** | |
1749 | Gets the end position. | |
1750 | */ | |
1751 | long GetEnd() const { return m_end; } | |
1752 | ||
1753 | /** | |
1754 | Returns true if this range is completely outside @a range. | |
1755 | */ | |
1756 | bool IsOutside(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return range.m_start > m_end || range.m_end < m_start; } | |
1757 | ||
1758 | /** | |
1759 | Returns true if this range is completely within @a range. | |
1760 | */ | |
1761 | bool IsWithin(const wxRichTextRange& range) const { return m_start >= range.m_start && m_end <= range.m_end; } | |
1762 | ||
1763 | /** | |
1764 | Returns true if @a pos was within the range. Does not match if the range is empty. | |
1765 | */ | |
1766 | bool Contains(long pos) const { return pos >= m_start && pos <= m_end ; } | |
1767 | ||
1768 | /** | |
1769 | Limit this range to be within @a range. | |
1770 | */ | |
1771 | bool LimitTo(const wxRichTextRange& range) ; | |
1772 | ||
1773 | /** | |
1774 | Gets the length of the range. | |
1775 | */ | |
1776 | long GetLength() const { return m_end - m_start + 1; } | |
1777 | ||
1778 | /** | |
1779 | Swaps the start and end. | |
1780 | */ | |
1781 | void Swap() { long tmp = m_start; m_start = m_end; m_end = tmp; } | |
1782 | ||
1783 | /** | |
1784 | Converts the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last character in | |
1785 | the range, to the internal form, which uses the first and last character | |
1786 | positions of the range. In other words, one is subtracted from the end position. | |
1787 | (n, n) is the range of a single character. | |
1788 | */ | |
1789 | wxRichTextRange ToInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end-1); } | |
1790 | ||
1791 | /** | |
1792 | Converts the internal range, which uses the first and last character positions | |
1793 | of the range, to the API-standard range, whose end is one past the last | |
1794 | character in the range. In other words, one is added to the end position. | |
1795 | (n, n+1) is the range of a single character. | |
1796 | */ | |
1797 | wxRichTextRange FromInternal() const { return wxRichTextRange(m_start, m_end+1); } | |
1798 | ||
1799 | protected: | |
1800 | long m_start; | |
1801 | long m_end; | |
1802 | }; | |
1803 | ||
16caec26 | 1804 | class wxRichTextRangeArray; |
7afd2b58 JS |
1805 | |
1806 | #define wxRICHTEXT_ALL wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) | |
1807 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NONE wxRichTextRange(-1, -1) | |
1808 | ||
1809 | #define wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION wxRichTextRange(-2, -2) | |
1810 | ||
1811 | /** | |
1812 | @class wxRichTextSelection | |
1813 | ||
1814 | Stores selection information. The selection does not have to be contiguous, though currently non-contiguous | |
1815 | selections are only supported for a range of table cells (a geometric block of cells can consist | |
1816 | of a set of non-contiguous positions). | |
1817 | ||
1818 | The selection consists of an array of ranges, and the container that is the context for the selection. It | |
1819 | follows that a single selection object can only represent ranges with the same parent container. | |
1820 | ||
1821 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1822 | @category{richtext} | |
1823 | ||
1824 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1825 | */ | |
1826 | ||
16caec26 | 1827 | class wxRichTextSelection |
7afd2b58 JS |
1828 | { |
1829 | public: | |
1830 | /** | |
1831 | Copy constructor. | |
1832 | */ | |
1833 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } | |
1834 | ||
1835 | /** | |
1836 | Creates a selection from a range and a container. | |
1837 | */ | |
1838 | wxRichTextSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } | |
1839 | ||
1840 | /** | |
1841 | Default constructor. | |
1842 | */ | |
1843 | wxRichTextSelection() { Reset(); } | |
1844 | ||
1845 | /** | |
1846 | Resets the selection. | |
1847 | */ | |
1848 | void Reset() { m_ranges.Clear(); m_container = NULL; } | |
1849 | ||
1850 | /** | |
1851 | Sets the selection. | |
1852 | */ | |
1853 | ||
1854 | void Set(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) | |
1855 | { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); m_container = container; } | |
1856 | ||
1857 | /** | |
1858 | Adds a range to the selection. | |
1859 | */ | |
1860 | void Add(const wxRichTextRange& range) | |
1861 | { m_ranges.Add(range); } | |
1862 | ||
1863 | /** | |
1864 | Sets the selections from an array of ranges and a container object. | |
1865 | */ | |
1866 | void Set(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) | |
1867 | { m_ranges = ranges; m_container = container; } | |
1868 | ||
1869 | /** | |
1870 | Copies from @a sel. | |
1871 | */ | |
1872 | void Copy(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) | |
1873 | { m_ranges = sel.m_ranges; m_container = sel.m_container; } | |
1874 | ||
1875 | /** | |
1876 | Assignment operator. | |
1877 | */ | |
1878 | void operator=(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) { Copy(sel); } | |
1879 | ||
1880 | /** | |
1881 | Equality operator. | |
1882 | */ | |
1883 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextSelection& sel) const; | |
1884 | ||
1885 | /** | |
1886 | Index operator. | |
1887 | */ | |
1888 | wxRichTextRange operator[](size_t i) const { return GetRange(i); } | |
1889 | ||
1890 | /** | |
1891 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
1892 | */ | |
1893 | wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() { return m_ranges; } | |
1894 | ||
1895 | /** | |
1896 | Returns the selection ranges. | |
1897 | */ | |
1898 | const wxRichTextRangeArray& GetRanges() const { return m_ranges; } | |
1899 | ||
1900 | /** | |
1901 | Sets the selection ranges. | |
1902 | */ | |
1903 | void SetRanges(const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges) { m_ranges = ranges; } | |
1904 | ||
1905 | /** | |
1906 | Returns the number of ranges in the selection. | |
1907 | */ | |
1908 | size_t GetCount() const { return m_ranges.GetCount(); } | |
1909 | ||
1910 | /** | |
1911 | Returns the range at the given index. | |
1912 | ||
1913 | */ | |
1914 | wxRichTextRange GetRange(size_t i) const { return m_ranges[i]; } | |
1915 | ||
1916 | /** | |
1917 | Returns the first range if there is one, otherwise wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION. | |
1918 | */ | |
1919 | wxRichTextRange GetRange() const { return (m_ranges.GetCount() > 0) ? (m_ranges[0]) : wxRICHTEXT_NO_SELECTION; } | |
1920 | ||
1921 | /** | |
1922 | Sets a single range. | |
1923 | */ | |
1924 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_ranges.Clear(); m_ranges.Add(range); } | |
1925 | ||
1926 | /** | |
1927 | Returns the container for which the selection is valid. | |
1928 | */ | |
1929 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const { return m_container; } | |
1930 | ||
1931 | /** | |
1932 | Sets the container for which the selection is valid. | |
1933 | */ | |
1934 | void SetContainer(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container) { m_container = container; } | |
1935 | ||
1936 | /** | |
1937 | Returns @true if the selection is valid. | |
1938 | */ | |
1939 | bool IsValid() const { return m_ranges.GetCount() > 0 && GetContainer(); } | |
1940 | ||
1941 | /** | |
1942 | Returns the selection appropriate to the specified object, if any; returns an empty array if none | |
1943 | at the level of the object's container. | |
1944 | */ | |
1945 | wxRichTextRangeArray GetSelectionForObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
1946 | ||
1947 | /** | |
1948 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
1949 | */ | |
1950 | bool WithinSelection(long pos, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
1951 | ||
1952 | /** | |
1953 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection. | |
1954 | ||
1955 | */ | |
1956 | bool WithinSelection(long pos) const { return WithinSelection(pos, m_ranges); } | |
1957 | ||
1958 | /** | |
1959 | Returns @true if the given position is within the selection range. | |
1960 | */ | |
1961 | static bool WithinSelection(long pos, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); | |
1962 | ||
1963 | /** | |
1964 | Returns @true if the given range is within the selection range. | |
1965 | */ | |
1966 | static bool WithinSelection(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRangeArray& ranges); | |
1967 | ||
1968 | wxRichTextRangeArray m_ranges; | |
1969 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* m_container; | |
1970 | }; | |
1971 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
1972 | /** |
1973 | @class wxRichTextDrawingContext | |
1974 | ||
1975 | A class for passing information to drawing and measuring functions. | |
1976 | ||
1977 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
1978 | @category{richtext} | |
1979 | ||
1980 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
1981 | */ | |
1982 | ||
16caec26 | 1983 | class wxRichTextDrawingContext: public wxObject |
8db2e3ef | 1984 | { |
8db2e3ef JS |
1985 | public: |
1986 | ||
1987 | /** | |
1988 | Pass the buffer to the context so the context can retrieve information | |
1989 | such as virtual attributes. | |
1990 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 1991 | wxRichTextDrawingContext(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
8db2e3ef | 1992 | |
3174a8a9 | 1993 | void Init(); |
8db2e3ef JS |
1994 | |
1995 | /** | |
1996 | Does this object have virtual attributes? | |
1997 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
1998 | affecting the actual styling. | |
1999 | */ | |
2000 | bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2001 | ||
2002 | /** | |
2003 | Returns the virtual attributes for this object. | |
2004 | Virtual attributes can be provided for visual cues without | |
2005 | affecting the actual styling. | |
2006 | */ | |
2007 | wxRichTextAttr GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2008 | ||
2009 | /** | |
2010 | Applies any virtual attributes relevant to this object. | |
2011 | */ | |
2012 | bool ApplyVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2013 | ||
f7667b84 JS |
2014 | /** |
2015 | Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object. | |
2016 | For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting. | |
2017 | */ | |
2018 | int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const; | |
2019 | ||
2020 | /** | |
2021 | Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object. | |
2022 | For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting. | |
2023 | The function is passed the count returned by GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount. | |
2024 | */ | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2025 | int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, |
2026 | wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const; | |
f7667b84 JS |
2027 | |
2028 | /** | |
2029 | Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application | |
2030 | to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example | |
2031 | for highlighting special characters. | |
2032 | */ | |
2033 | bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const; | |
2034 | ||
2035 | /** | |
2036 | Gets the virtual text for this object. | |
2037 | */ | |
2038 | bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const; | |
2039 | ||
2040 | /** | |
2041 | Enables virtual attribute processing. | |
2042 | */ | |
2043 | ||
2044 | void EnableVirtualAttributes(bool b); | |
2045 | ||
2046 | /** | |
2047 | Returns @true if virtual attribute processing is enabled. | |
2048 | */ | |
2049 | ||
2050 | bool GetVirtualAttributesEnabled() const; | |
2051 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
2052 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; |
2053 | }; | |
2054 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
2055 | /** |
2056 | @class wxRichTextObject | |
2057 | ||
2058 | This is the base for drawable rich text objects. | |
2059 | ||
2060 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2061 | @category{richtext} | |
2062 | ||
2063 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2064 | */ | |
2065 | ||
16caec26 | 2066 | class wxRichTextObject: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 | 2067 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
2068 | public: |
2069 | /** | |
2070 | Constructor, taking an optional parent pointer. | |
2071 | */ | |
2072 | wxRichTextObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
2073 | ||
2074 | virtual ~wxRichTextObject(); | |
2075 | ||
2076 | // Overridables | |
2077 | ||
2078 | /** | |
2079 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
2080 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
2081 | */ | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2082 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, |
2083 | const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2084 | |
2085 | /** | |
2086 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
591805e0 | 2087 | Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object, |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2088 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size |
2089 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
7afd2b58 | 2090 | */ |
3174a8a9 RD |
2091 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, |
2092 | const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2093 | |
2094 | /** | |
2095 | Hit-testing: returns a flag indicating hit test details, plus | |
2096 | information about position. @a contextObj is returned to specify what object | |
2097 | position is relevant to, since otherwise there's an ambiguity. | |
2098 | @ obj might not be a child of @a contextObj, since we may be referring to the container itself | |
2099 | if we have no hit on a child - for example if we click outside an object. | |
2100 | ||
2101 | The function puts the position in @a textPosition if one is found. | |
2102 | @a pt is in logical units (a zero y position is at the beginning of the buffer). | |
2103 | ||
2104 | @return One of the ::wxRichTextHitTestFlags values. | |
2105 | */ | |
2106 | ||
3174a8a9 RD |
2107 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, |
2108 | long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, | |
2109 | int flags = 0); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2110 | |
2111 | /** | |
2112 | Finds the absolute position and row height for the given character position. | |
2113 | */ | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2114 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, |
2115 | wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2116 | |
2117 | /** | |
37467663 | 2118 | Returns the best size, i.e.\ the ideal starting size for this object irrespective |
7afd2b58 JS |
2119 | of available space. For a short text string, it will be the size that exactly encloses |
2120 | the text. For a longer string, it might use the parent width for example. | |
2121 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2122 | virtual wxSize GetBestSize() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2123 | |
2124 | /** | |
2125 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
2126 | is invalid for this object. | |
2127 | */ | |
2128 | ||
3174a8a9 RD |
2129 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, |
2130 | wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, | |
2131 | const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), | |
2132 | const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, | |
2133 | wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2134 | |
2135 | /** | |
2136 | Do a split from @a pos, returning an object containing the second part, and setting | |
2137 | the first part in 'this'. | |
2138 | */ | |
16caec26 | 2139 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2140 | |
2141 | /** | |
2142 | Calculates the range of the object. By default, guess that the object is 1 unit long. | |
2143 | */ | |
16caec26 | 2144 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2145 | |
2146 | /** | |
2147 | Deletes the given range. | |
2148 | */ | |
16caec26 | 2149 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2150 | |
2151 | /** | |
2152 | Returns @true if the object is empty. | |
2153 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2154 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2155 | |
2156 | /** | |
2157 | Returns @true if this class of object is floatable. | |
2158 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2159 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2160 | |
2161 | /** | |
2162 | Returns @true if this object is currently floating. | |
2163 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2164 | virtual bool IsFloating() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2165 | |
2166 | /** | |
2167 | Returns the floating direction. | |
2168 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2169 | virtual int GetFloatDirection() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2170 | |
2171 | /** | |
2172 | Returns any text in this object for the given range. | |
2173 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2174 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2175 | |
2176 | /** | |
2177 | Returns @true if this object can merge itself with the given one. | |
2178 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2179 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2180 | |
2181 | /** | |
2182 | Returns @true if this object merged itself with the given one. | |
2183 | The calling code will then delete the given object. | |
2184 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2185 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context); |
f7667b84 JS |
2186 | |
2187 | /** | |
2188 | Returns @true if this object can potentially be split, by virtue of having | |
2189 | different virtual attributes for individual sub-objects. | |
2190 | */ | |
2191 | virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const; | |
2192 | ||
2193 | /** | |
2194 | Returns the final object in the split objects if this object was split due to differences between sub-object virtual attributes. | |
2195 | Returns itself if it was not split. | |
2196 | */ | |
2197 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2198 | |
2199 | /** | |
2200 | Dump object data to the given output stream for debugging. | |
2201 | */ | |
2202 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); | |
2203 | ||
2204 | /** | |
2205 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2206 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2207 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2208 | |
2209 | /** | |
2210 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
2211 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2212 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2213 | |
2214 | /** | |
2215 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
2216 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2217 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2218 | |
2219 | /** | |
37467663 | 2220 | Returns @true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e.\ a call to SetFocusObject |
7afd2b58 JS |
2221 | is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, |
2222 | but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
2223 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2224 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const; |
7afd2b58 | 2225 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2226 | /** |
2227 | Imports this object from XML. | |
2228 | */ | |
2229 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2230 | |
2231 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
2232 | /** | |
2233 | Exports this object directly to the given stream, bypassing the creation of a wxXmlNode hierarchy. | |
2234 | This method is considerably faster than creating a tree first. However, both versions of ExportXML must be | |
2235 | implemented so that if the tree method is made efficient in the future, we can deprecate the | |
2236 | more verbose direct output method. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT is defined (on by default). | |
2237 | */ | |
2238 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
2239 | #endif | |
2240 | ||
2241 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
2242 | /** | |
2243 | Exports this object to the given parent node, usually creating at least one child node. | |
2244 | This method is less efficient than the direct-to-stream method but is retained to allow for | |
2245 | switching to this method if we make it more efficient. Compiled only if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT is defined | |
2246 | (on by default). | |
2247 | */ | |
2248 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
2249 | #endif | |
2250 | ||
2251 | /** | |
2252 | Returns @true if this object takes note of paragraph attributes (text and image objects don't). | |
2253 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2254 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2255 | |
2256 | /** | |
2257 | Returns the XML node name of this object. This must be overridden for wxXmlNode-base XML export to work. | |
2258 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2259 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2260 | |
2261 | /** | |
2262 | Invalidates the object at the given range. With no argument, invalidates the whole object. | |
2263 | */ | |
2264 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); | |
2265 | ||
2266 | /** | |
2267 | Returns @true if this object can handle the selections of its children, fOr example a table. | |
2268 | Required for composite selection handling to work. | |
2269 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2270 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2271 | |
2272 | /** | |
2273 | Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
2274 | For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
2275 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2276 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2277 | |
2278 | // Accessors | |
2279 | ||
2280 | /** | |
2281 | Gets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2282 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2283 | virtual wxSize GetCachedSize() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2284 | |
2285 | /** | |
2286 | Sets the cached object size as calculated by Layout. | |
2287 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2288 | virtual void SetCachedSize(const wxSize& sz); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2289 | |
2290 | /** | |
2291 | Gets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2292 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2293 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2294 | virtual wxSize GetMaxSize() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2295 | |
2296 | /** | |
2297 | Sets the maximum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2298 | us to fit an object to its contents or allocate extra space if required. | |
2299 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2300 | virtual void SetMaxSize(const wxSize& sz); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2301 | |
2302 | /** | |
2303 | Gets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2304 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2305 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2306 | virtual wxSize GetMinSize() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2307 | |
2308 | /** | |
2309 | Sets the minimum object size as calculated by Layout. This allows | |
2310 | us to constrain an object to its absolute minimum size if necessary. | |
2311 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2312 | virtual void SetMinSize(const wxSize& sz); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2313 | |
2314 | /** | |
2315 | Gets the 'natural' size for an object. For an image, it would be the | |
2316 | image size. | |
2317 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2318 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2319 | |
2320 | /** | |
2321 | Returns the object position in pixels. | |
2322 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2323 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2324 | |
2325 | /** | |
2326 | Sets the object position in pixels. | |
2327 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2328 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2329 | |
2330 | /** | |
2331 | Returns the absolute object position, by traversing up the child/parent hierarchy. | |
2332 | TODO: may not be needed, if all object positions are in fact relative to the | |
2333 | top of the coordinate space. | |
2334 | */ | |
2335 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; | |
2336 | ||
2337 | /** | |
2338 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the object. | |
2339 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2340 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2341 | |
2342 | /** | |
2343 | Sets the object's range within its container. | |
2344 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2345 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2346 | |
2347 | /** | |
2348 | Returns the object's range. | |
2349 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2350 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2351 | |
2352 | /** | |
2353 | Returns the object's range. | |
2354 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2355 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2356 | |
2357 | /** | |
2358 | Set the object's own range, for a top-level object with its own position space. | |
2359 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2360 | void SetOwnRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2361 | |
2362 | /** | |
2363 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2364 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2365 | const wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2366 | |
2367 | /** | |
2368 | Returns the object's own range (valid if top-level). | |
2369 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2370 | wxRichTextRange& GetOwnRange(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2371 | |
2372 | /** | |
2373 | Returns the object's own range only if a top-level object. | |
2374 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2375 | wxRichTextRange GetOwnRangeIfTopLevel() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2376 | |
2377 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 2378 | Returns @true if this object is composite. |
7afd2b58 | 2379 | */ |
3174a8a9 | 2380 | virtual bool IsComposite() const; |
7afd2b58 | 2381 | |
7c9fdebe JS |
2382 | /** |
2383 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2384 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2385 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2386 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const; |
7c9fdebe | 2387 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2388 | /** |
2389 | Returns a pointer to the parent object. | |
2390 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2391 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetParent() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2392 | |
2393 | /** | |
2394 | Sets the pointer to the parent object. | |
2395 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2396 | virtual void SetParent(wxRichTextObject* parent); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2397 | |
2398 | /** | |
2399 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2400 | May return itself if it's a container; use GetParentContainer to return | |
2401 | a different container. | |
2402 | */ | |
2403 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; | |
2404 | ||
2405 | /** | |
2406 | Returns the top-level container of this object. | |
2407 | Returns a different container than itself, unless there's no parent, in which case it will return NULL. | |
2408 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2409 | virtual wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetParentContainer() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2410 | |
2411 | /** | |
2412 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2413 | */ | |
2414 | virtual void SetMargins(int margin); | |
2415 | ||
2416 | /** | |
2417 | Set the margin around the object, in pixels. | |
2418 | */ | |
2419 | virtual void SetMargins(int leftMargin, int rightMargin, int topMargin, int bottomMargin); | |
2420 | ||
2421 | /** | |
2422 | Returns the left margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2423 | */ | |
2424 | virtual int GetLeftMargin() const; | |
2425 | ||
2426 | /** | |
2427 | Returns the right margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2428 | */ | |
2429 | virtual int GetRightMargin() const; | |
2430 | ||
2431 | /** | |
2432 | Returns the top margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2433 | */ | |
2434 | virtual int GetTopMargin() const; | |
2435 | ||
2436 | /** | |
2437 | Returns the bottom margin of the object, in pixels. | |
2438 | */ | |
2439 | virtual int GetBottomMargin() const; | |
2440 | ||
2441 | /** | |
2442 | Calculates the available content space in the given rectangle, given the | |
2443 | margins, border and padding specified in the object's attributes. | |
2444 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2445 | virtual wxRect GetAvailableContentArea(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& outerRect) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2446 | |
2447 | /** | |
2448 | Lays out the object first with a given amount of space, and then if no width was specified in attr, | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2449 | lays out the object again using the minimum size. @a availableParentSpace is the maximum space |
2450 | for the object, whereas @a availableContainerSpace is the container with which relative positions and | |
2451 | sizes should be computed. For example, a text box whose space has already been constrained | |
2452 | in a previous layout pass to @a availableParentSpace, but should have a width of 50% of @a availableContainerSpace. | |
2453 | (If these two rects were the same, a 2nd pass could see the object getting too small.) | |
7afd2b58 | 2454 | */ |
8db2e3ef | 2455 | virtual bool LayoutToBestSize(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2456 | const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, |
2457 | const wxRect& availableParentSpace, const wxRect& availableContainerSpace, int style); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2458 | |
2459 | /** | |
2460 | Sets the object's attributes. | |
2461 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2462 | void SetAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& attr); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2463 | |
2464 | /** | |
2465 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2466 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2467 | const wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2468 | |
2469 | /** | |
2470 | Returns the object's attributes. | |
2471 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2472 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2473 | |
2474 | /** | |
c6182d48 | 2475 | Returns the object's properties. |
7afd2b58 | 2476 | */ |
3174a8a9 | 2477 | wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2478 | |
2479 | /** | |
2480 | Returns the object's properties. | |
2481 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2482 | const wxRichTextProperties& GetProperties() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2483 | |
2484 | /** | |
c6182d48 | 2485 | Sets the object's properties. |
7afd2b58 | 2486 | */ |
3174a8a9 | 2487 | void SetProperties(const wxRichTextProperties& props); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2488 | |
2489 | /** | |
2490 | Sets the stored descent value. | |
2491 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2492 | void SetDescent(int descent); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2493 | |
2494 | /** | |
2495 | Returns the stored descent value. | |
2496 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2497 | int GetDescent() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2498 | |
2499 | /** | |
2500 | Returns the containing buffer. | |
2501 | */ | |
2502 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetBuffer() const; | |
2503 | ||
2504 | /** | |
2505 | Sets the identifying name for this object as a property using the "name" key. | |
2506 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2507 | void SetName(const wxString& name); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2508 | |
2509 | /** | |
2510 | Returns the identifying name for this object from the properties, using the "name" key. | |
2511 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2512 | wxString GetName() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2513 | |
2514 | /** | |
37467663 | 2515 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. |
7afd2b58 | 2516 | */ |
3174a8a9 | 2517 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2518 | |
2519 | /** | |
2520 | Returns @true if the object will be shown, @false otherwise. | |
2521 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2522 | bool IsShown() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2523 | |
2524 | // Operations | |
2525 | ||
2526 | /** | |
2527 | Call to show or hide this object. This function does not cause the content to be | |
2528 | laid out or redrawn. | |
2529 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2530 | virtual void Show(bool show); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2531 | |
2532 | /** | |
2533 | Clones the object. | |
2534 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2535 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2536 | |
2537 | /** | |
2538 | Copies the object. | |
2539 | */ | |
2540 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObject& obj); | |
2541 | ||
2542 | /** | |
2543 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2544 | lists (not yet used). | |
2545 | */ | |
2546 | ||
3174a8a9 | 2547 | void Reference(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2548 | |
2549 | /** | |
2550 | Reference-counting allows us to use the same object in multiple | |
2551 | lists (not yet used). | |
2552 | */ | |
2553 | void Dereference(); | |
2554 | ||
2555 | /** | |
2556 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2557 | */ | |
2558 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); | |
2559 | ||
2560 | /** | |
2561 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2562 | */ | |
2563 | int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(wxDC& dc, int units) const; | |
2564 | ||
2565 | /** | |
2566 | Converts units in tenths of a millimetre to device units. | |
2567 | */ | |
2568 | static int ConvertTenthsMMToPixels(int ppi, int units, double scale = 1.0); | |
2569 | ||
2570 | /** | |
2571 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2572 | */ | |
2573 | int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(wxDC& dc, int pixels) const; | |
2574 | ||
2575 | /** | |
2576 | Convert units in pixels to tenths of a millimetre. | |
2577 | */ | |
2578 | static int ConvertPixelsToTenthsMM(int ppi, int pixels, double scale = 1.0); | |
2579 | ||
2580 | /** | |
2581 | Draws the borders and background for the given rectangle and attributes. | |
2582 | @a boxRect is taken to be the outer margin box, not the box around the content. | |
2583 | */ | |
f7f8a13c | 2584 | static bool DrawBoxAttributes(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& boxRect, int flags = 0, wxRichTextObject* obj = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2585 | |
2586 | /** | |
2587 | Draws a border. | |
2588 | */ | |
2589 | static bool DrawBorder(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxTextAttrBorders& attr, const wxRect& rect, int flags = 0); | |
2590 | ||
2591 | /** | |
2592 | Returns the various rectangles of the box model in pixels. You can either specify @a contentRect (inner) | |
2593 | or @a marginRect (outer), and the other must be the default rectangle (no width or height). | |
2594 | Note that the outline doesn't affect the position of the rectangle, it's drawn in whatever space | |
2595 | is available. | |
2596 | */ | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2597 | static bool GetBoxRects(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, |
2598 | wxRect& marginRect, wxRect& borderRect, wxRect& contentRect, | |
2599 | wxRect& paddingRect, wxRect& outlineRect); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2600 | |
2601 | /** | |
2602 | Returns the total margin for the object in pixels, taking into account margin, padding and border size. | |
2603 | */ | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2604 | static bool GetTotalMargin(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, |
2605 | int& leftMargin, int& rightMargin, int& topMargin, int& bottomMargin); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2606 | |
2607 | /** | |
2608 | Returns the rectangle which the child has available to it given restrictions specified in the | |
2609 | child attribute, e.g. 50% width of the parent, 400 pixels, x position 20% of the parent, etc. | |
bb7bbd12 JS |
2610 | availableContainerSpace might be a parent that the cell has to compute its width relative to. |
2611 | E.g. a cell that's 50% of its parent. | |
7afd2b58 | 2612 | */ |
3174a8a9 RD |
2613 | static wxRect AdjustAvailableSpace(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, const wxRichTextAttr& parentAttr, |
2614 | const wxRichTextAttr& childAttr, const wxRect& availableParentSpace, | |
2615 | const wxRect& availableContainerSpace); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2616 | |
2617 | protected: | |
2618 | wxSize m_size; | |
2619 | wxSize m_maxSize; | |
2620 | wxSize m_minSize; | |
2621 | wxPoint m_pos; | |
2622 | int m_descent; // Descent for this object (if any) | |
2623 | int m_refCount; | |
2624 | bool m_show; | |
2625 | wxRichTextObject* m_parent; | |
2626 | ||
2627 | // The range of this object (start position to end position) | |
2628 | wxRichTextRange m_range; | |
2629 | ||
2630 | // The internal range of this object, if it's a top-level object with its own range space | |
2631 | wxRichTextRange m_ownRange; | |
2632 | ||
2633 | // Attributes | |
2634 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; | |
2635 | ||
2636 | // Properties | |
2637 | wxRichTextProperties m_properties; | |
2638 | }; | |
2639 | ||
16caec26 | 2640 | class wxRichTextObjectList; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2641 | |
2642 | /** | |
2643 | @class wxRichTextCompositeObject | |
2644 | ||
2645 | Objects of this class can contain other objects. | |
2646 | ||
2647 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2648 | @category{richtext} | |
2649 | ||
2650 | @see wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2651 | */ | |
2652 | ||
16caec26 | 2653 | class wxRichTextCompositeObject: public wxRichTextObject |
7afd2b58 | 2654 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
2655 | public: |
2656 | // Constructors | |
2657 | ||
2658 | wxRichTextCompositeObject(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
2659 | virtual ~wxRichTextCompositeObject(); | |
2660 | ||
2661 | // Overridables | |
2662 | ||
3174a8a9 RD |
2663 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, |
2664 | long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, | |
2665 | wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); | |
7afd2b58 | 2666 | |
3174a8a9 RD |
2667 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, |
2668 | wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2669 | |
2670 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
2671 | ||
2672 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); | |
2673 | ||
2674 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; | |
2675 | ||
3174a8a9 RD |
2676 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, |
2677 | wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, | |
2678 | const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), | |
2679 | const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, | |
2680 | wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2681 | |
2682 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); | |
2683 | ||
2684 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); | |
2685 | ||
2686 | // Accessors | |
2687 | ||
2688 | /** | |
2689 | Returns the children. | |
2690 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2691 | wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren(); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2692 | /** |
2693 | Returns the children. | |
2694 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2695 | const wxRichTextObjectList& GetChildren() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2696 | |
2697 | /** | |
2698 | Returns the number of children. | |
2699 | */ | |
2700 | size_t GetChildCount() const ; | |
2701 | ||
2702 | /** | |
2703 | Returns the nth child. | |
2704 | */ | |
2705 | wxRichTextObject* GetChild(size_t n) const ; | |
2706 | ||
2707 | /** | |
2708 | Returns @true if this object is composite. | |
2709 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2710 | virtual bool IsComposite() const; |
7afd2b58 | 2711 | |
7c9fdebe JS |
2712 | /** |
2713 | Returns @true if no user editing can be done inside the object. This returns @true for simple objects, | |
2714 | @false for most composite objects, but @true for fields, which if composite, should not be user-edited. | |
2715 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2716 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const; |
7c9fdebe | 2717 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2718 | /** |
2719 | Returns true if the buffer is empty. | |
2720 | */ | |
3174a8a9 | 2721 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2722 | |
2723 | /** | |
2724 | Returns the child object at the given character position. | |
2725 | */ | |
2726 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetChildAtPosition(long pos) const; | |
2727 | ||
2728 | // Operations | |
2729 | ||
2730 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj); | |
2731 | ||
3174a8a9 | 2732 | void operator= (const wxRichTextCompositeObject& obj); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2733 | |
2734 | /** | |
2735 | Appends a child, returning the position. | |
2736 | */ | |
2737 | size_t AppendChild(wxRichTextObject* child) ; | |
2738 | ||
2739 | /** | |
2740 | Inserts the child in front of the given object, or at the beginning. | |
2741 | */ | |
2742 | bool InsertChild(wxRichTextObject* child, wxRichTextObject* inFrontOf) ; | |
2743 | ||
2744 | /** | |
2745 | Removes and optionally deletes the specified child. | |
2746 | */ | |
2747 | bool RemoveChild(wxRichTextObject* child, bool deleteChild = false) ; | |
2748 | ||
2749 | /** | |
2750 | Deletes all the children. | |
2751 | */ | |
2752 | bool DeleteChildren() ; | |
2753 | ||
2754 | /** | |
2755 | Recursively merges all pieces that can be merged. | |
2756 | */ | |
f7667b84 | 2757 | bool Defragment(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2758 | |
2759 | /** | |
2760 | Moves the object recursively, by adding the offset from old to new. | |
2761 | */ | |
2762 | virtual void Move(const wxPoint& pt); | |
2763 | ||
2764 | protected: | |
2765 | wxRichTextObjectList m_children; | |
2766 | }; | |
2767 | ||
2768 | /** | |
2769 | @class wxRichTextParagraphBox | |
2770 | ||
2771 | This class knows how to lay out paragraphs. | |
2772 | ||
2773 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
2774 | @category{richtext} | |
2775 | ||
2776 | @see wxRichTextCompositeObject, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
2777 | */ | |
2778 | ||
16caec26 | 2779 | class wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
7afd2b58 | 2780 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
2781 | public: |
2782 | // Constructors | |
2783 | ||
2784 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
2785 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Init(); Copy(obj); } | |
2786 | ~wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(); | |
2787 | ||
2788 | // Overridables | |
2789 | ||
8db2e3ef | 2790 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 | 2791 | |
8db2e3ef | 2792 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 2793 | |
8db2e3ef | 2794 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 2795 | |
914a4e23 | 2796 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
2797 | |
2798 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); | |
2799 | ||
2800 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; | |
2801 | ||
7afd2b58 | 2802 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2803 | |
2804 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
2805 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
2806 | #endif | |
2807 | ||
2808 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
2809 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
2810 | #endif | |
2811 | ||
2812 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraphlayout"); } | |
2813 | ||
2814 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return true; } | |
2815 | ||
2816 | // Accessors | |
2817 | ||
2818 | /** | |
2819 | Associates a control with the buffer, for operations that for example require refreshing the window. | |
2820 | */ | |
2821 | void SetRichTextCtrl(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl) { m_ctrl = ctrl; } | |
2822 | ||
2823 | /** | |
2824 | Returns the associated control. | |
2825 | */ | |
2826 | wxRichTextCtrl* GetRichTextCtrl() const { return m_ctrl; } | |
2827 | ||
2828 | /** | |
2829 | Sets a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2830 | */ | |
2831 | void SetPartialParagraph(bool partialPara) { m_partialParagraph = partialPara; } | |
2832 | ||
2833 | /** | |
2834 | Returns a flag indicating whether the last paragraph is partial or complete. | |
2835 | */ | |
2836 | bool GetPartialParagraph() const { return m_partialParagraph; } | |
2837 | ||
2838 | /** | |
2839 | Returns the style sheet associated with the overall buffer. | |
2840 | */ | |
2841 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const; | |
2842 | ||
2843 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const { return true; } | |
2844 | ||
2845 | // Operations | |
2846 | ||
2847 | /** | |
2848 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
2849 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2850 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2851 | |
2852 | /** | |
2853 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2854 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2855 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2856 | |
2857 | /** | |
2858 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
2859 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2860 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2861 | |
2862 | /** | |
2863 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
2864 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 JS |
2865 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, |
2866 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, | |
7afd2b58 JS |
2867 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); |
2868 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
2869 | /** |
2870 | Submits a command to insert the given field. Field data can be included in properties. | |
2871 | ||
2872 | @see wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
2873 | */ | |
2874 | wxRichTextField* InsertFieldWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, const wxString& fieldType, | |
2875 | const wxRichTextProperties& properties, | |
2876 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags, | |
2877 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr); | |
2878 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
2879 | /** |
2880 | Returns the style that is appropriate for a new paragraph at this position. | |
2881 | If the previous paragraph has a paragraph style name, looks up the next-paragraph | |
2882 | style. | |
2883 | */ | |
2884 | wxRichTextAttr GetStyleForNewParagraph(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool lookUpNewParaStyle=false) const; | |
2885 | ||
2886 | /** | |
2887 | Inserts an object. | |
2888 | */ | |
4e63bfb9 | 2889 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2890 | |
2891 | /** | |
2892 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
2893 | */ | |
2894 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
2895 | ||
2896 | /** | |
2897 | Draws the floating objects in this buffer. | |
2898 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 2899 | void DrawFloats(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 JS |
2900 | |
2901 | /** | |
2902 | Moves an anchored object to another paragraph. | |
2903 | */ | |
2904 | void MoveAnchoredObjectToParagraph(wxRichTextParagraph* from, wxRichTextParagraph* to, wxRichTextObject* obj); | |
2905 | ||
2906 | /** | |
2907 | Initializes the object. | |
2908 | */ | |
2909 | void Init(); | |
2910 | ||
2911 | /** | |
2912 | Clears all the children. | |
2913 | */ | |
2914 | virtual void Clear(); | |
2915 | ||
2916 | /** | |
2917 | Clears and initializes with one blank paragraph. | |
2918 | */ | |
2919 | virtual void Reset(); | |
2920 | ||
2921 | /** | |
2922 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
2923 | */ | |
2924 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); | |
2925 | ||
2926 | /** | |
2927 | Convenience function to add an image. | |
2928 | */ | |
2929 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); | |
2930 | ||
2931 | /** | |
2932 | Adds multiple paragraphs, based on newlines. | |
2933 | */ | |
2934 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraphs(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL); | |
2935 | ||
2936 | /** | |
2937 | Returns the line at the given position. If @a caretPosition is true, the position is | |
2938 | a caret position, which is normally a smaller number. | |
2939 | */ | |
2940 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; | |
2941 | ||
2942 | /** | |
2943 | Returns the line at the given y pixel position, or the last line. | |
2944 | */ | |
2945 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineAtYPosition(int y) const; | |
2946 | ||
2947 | /** | |
2948 | Returns the paragraph at the given character or caret position. | |
2949 | */ | |
2950 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; | |
2951 | ||
2952 | /** | |
2953 | Returns the line size at the given position. | |
2954 | */ | |
2955 | virtual wxSize GetLineSizeAtPosition(long pos, bool caretPosition = false) const; | |
2956 | ||
2957 | /** | |
2958 | Given a position, returns the number of the visible line (potentially many to a paragraph), | |
2959 | starting from zero at the start of the buffer. We also have to pass a bool (@a startOfLine) | |
2960 | that indicates whether the caret is being shown at the end of the previous line or at the start | |
2961 | of the next, since the caret can be shown at two visible positions for the same underlying | |
2962 | position. | |
2963 | */ | |
2964 | virtual long GetVisibleLineNumber(long pos, bool caretPosition = false, bool startOfLine = false) const; | |
2965 | ||
2966 | /** | |
2967 | Given a line number, returns the corresponding wxRichTextLine object. | |
2968 | */ | |
2969 | virtual wxRichTextLine* GetLineForVisibleLineNumber(long lineNumber) const; | |
2970 | ||
2971 | /** | |
2972 | Returns the leaf object in a paragraph at this position. | |
2973 | */ | |
2974 | virtual wxRichTextObject* GetLeafObjectAtPosition(long position) const; | |
2975 | ||
2976 | /** | |
2977 | Returns the paragraph by number. | |
2978 | */ | |
2979 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphAtLine(long paragraphNumber) const; | |
2980 | ||
2981 | /** | |
2982 | Returns the paragraph for a given line. | |
2983 | */ | |
2984 | virtual wxRichTextParagraph* GetParagraphForLine(wxRichTextLine* line) const; | |
2985 | ||
2986 | /** | |
2987 | Returns the length of the paragraph. | |
2988 | */ | |
2989 | virtual int GetParagraphLength(long paragraphNumber) const; | |
2990 | ||
2991 | /** | |
2992 | Returns the number of paragraphs. | |
2993 | */ | |
2994 | virtual int GetParagraphCount() const { return static_cast<int>(GetChildCount()); } | |
2995 | ||
2996 | /** | |
2997 | Returns the number of visible lines. | |
2998 | */ | |
2999 | virtual int GetLineCount() const; | |
3000 | ||
3001 | /** | |
3002 | Returns the text of the paragraph. | |
3003 | */ | |
3004 | virtual wxString GetParagraphText(long paragraphNumber) const; | |
3005 | ||
3006 | /** | |
3007 | Converts zero-based line column and paragraph number to a position. | |
3008 | */ | |
3009 | virtual long XYToPosition(long x, long y) const; | |
3010 | ||
3011 | /** | |
3012 | Converts a zero-based position to line column and paragraph number. | |
3013 | */ | |
3014 | virtual bool PositionToXY(long pos, long* x, long* y) const; | |
3015 | ||
3016 | /** | |
3017 | Sets the attributes for the given range. Pass flags to determine how the | |
3018 | attributes are set. | |
3019 | ||
3020 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3021 | of text. So, for example, to set the style for a character at position 5, | |
3022 | use the range (5,5). | |
3023 | This differs from the wxRichTextCtrl API, where you would specify (5,6). | |
3024 | ||
3025 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3026 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_NONE: no style flag. | |
3027 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3028 | undoable. | |
3029 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE: specifies that the style should not be applied | |
3030 | if the combined style at this point is already the style in question. | |
3031 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3032 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3033 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3034 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3035 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the style should only be | |
3036 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3037 | This allows content styling to be preserved independently from that | |
3038 | of e.g. a named paragraph style. | |
3039 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RESET: resets (clears) the existing style before applying | |
3040 | the new style. | |
3041 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_REMOVE: removes the specified style. | |
3042 | Only the style flags are used in this operation. | |
3043 | */ | |
3044 | virtual bool SetStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
3045 | ||
3046 | /** | |
3047 | Sets the attributes for the given object only, for example the box attributes for a text box. | |
3048 | */ | |
3049 | virtual void SetStyle(wxRichTextObject *obj, const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
3050 | ||
3051 | /** | |
3052 | Returns the combined text attributes for this position. | |
3053 | ||
3054 | This function gets the @e uncombined style - that is, the attributes associated | |
3055 | with the paragraph or character content, and not necessarily the combined | |
3056 | attributes you see on the screen. To get the combined attributes, use GetStyle(). | |
3057 | If you specify (any) paragraph attribute in @e style's flags, this function | |
3058 | will fetch the paragraph attributes. | |
3059 | Otherwise, it will return the character attributes. | |
3060 | */ | |
3061 | virtual bool GetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); | |
3062 | ||
3063 | /** | |
3064 | Returns the content (uncombined) attributes for this position. | |
3065 | */ | |
3066 | virtual bool GetUncombinedStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style); | |
3067 | ||
3068 | /** | |
3069 | Implementation helper for GetStyle. If combineStyles is true, combine base, paragraph and | |
3070 | context attributes. | |
3071 | */ | |
3072 | virtual bool DoGetStyle(long position, wxRichTextAttr& style, bool combineStyles = true); | |
3073 | ||
3074 | /** | |
3075 | This function gets a style representing the common, combined attributes in the | |
23324ae1 FM |
3076 | given range. |
3077 | Attributes which have different values within the specified range will not be | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
3078 | included the style flags. |
3079 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
3080 | The function is used to get the attributes to display in the formatting dialog: |
3081 | the user can edit the attributes common to the selection, and optionally specify the | |
3082 | values of further attributes to be applied uniformly. | |
3083 | ||
3084 | To apply the edited attributes, you can use SetStyle() specifying | |
3085 | the wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_OPTIMIZE flag, which will only apply attributes that | |
3086 | are different from the @e combined attributes within the range. | |
3087 | So, the user edits the effective, displayed attributes for the range, | |
3088 | but his choice won't be applied unnecessarily to content. As an example, | |
3089 | say the style for a paragraph specifies bold, but the paragraph text doesn't | |
3090 | specify a weight. | |
3091 | The combined style is bold, and this is what the user will see on-screen and | |
3092 | in the formatting dialog. The user now specifies red text, in addition to bold. | |
3093 | When applying with SetStyle(), the content font weight attributes won't be | |
3094 | changed to bold because this is already specified by the paragraph. | |
3095 | However the text colour attributes @e will be changed to show red. | |
3096 | */ | |
3097 | virtual bool GetStyleForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextAttr& style); | |
3098 | ||
3099 | /** | |
3100 | Combines @a style with @a currentStyle for the purpose of summarising the attributes of a range of | |
3101 | content. | |
3102 | */ | |
3103 | bool CollectStyle(wxRichTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxRichTextAttr& absentAttr); | |
3104 | ||
3105 | //@{ | |
3106 | /** | |
3107 | Sets the list attributes for the given range, passing flags to determine how | |
3108 | the attributes are set. | |
3109 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3110 | sheet) can be passed. | |
3111 | ||
3112 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3113 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3114 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3115 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3116 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3117 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3118 | ||
3119 | @see NumberList(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle(). | |
3120 | */ | |
3121 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3122 | virtual bool SetListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3123 | //@} | |
3124 | ||
3125 | /** | |
3126 | Clears the list style from the given range, clearing list-related attributes | |
3127 | and applying any named paragraph style associated with each paragraph. | |
3128 | ||
3129 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3130 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3131 | ||
3132 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), NumberList() | |
3133 | */ | |
3134 | virtual bool ClearListStyle(const wxRichTextRange& range, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
3135 | ||
3136 | //@{ | |
3137 | /** | |
3138 | Numbers the paragraphs in the given range. | |
3139 | ||
3140 | Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3141 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3142 | sheet) can be passed. | |
3143 | ||
3144 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3145 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3146 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3147 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3148 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3149 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3150 | ||
3151 | @a def can be NULL to indicate that the existing list style should be used. | |
3152 | ||
3153 | @see SetListStyle(), PromoteList(), ClearListStyle() | |
3154 | */ | |
3155 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3156 | virtual bool NumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3157 | //@} | |
3158 | ||
3159 | //@{ | |
3160 | /** | |
3161 | Promotes the list items within the given range. | |
3162 | A positive @a promoteBy produces a smaller indent, and a negative number | |
3163 | produces a larger indent. Pass flags to determine how the attributes are set. | |
3164 | Either the style definition or the name of the style definition (in the current | |
3165 | sheet) can be passed. | |
3166 | ||
3167 | @a flags is a bit list of the following: | |
3168 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this command will be undoable. | |
3169 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_RENUMBER: specifies that numbering should start from | |
3170 | @a startFrom, otherwise existing attributes are used. | |
3171 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_SPECIFY_LEVEL: specifies that @a listLevel should be used | |
3172 | as the level for all paragraphs, otherwise the current indentation will be used. | |
3173 | ||
3174 | @see SetListStyle(), SetListStyle(), ClearListStyle() | |
3175 | */ | |
3176 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def = NULL, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3177 | virtual bool PromoteList(int promoteBy, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxString& defName, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3178 | //@} | |
3179 | ||
3180 | /** | |
3181 | Helper for NumberList and PromoteList, that does renumbering and promotion simultaneously | |
3182 | @a def can be NULL/empty to indicate that the existing list style should be used. | |
3183 | */ | |
3184 | virtual bool DoNumberList(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextRange& promotionRange, int promoteBy, wxRichTextListStyleDefinition* def, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO, int startFrom = 1, int specifiedLevel = -1); | |
3185 | ||
3186 | /** | |
3187 | Fills in the attributes for numbering a paragraph after previousParagraph. | |
3188 | */ | |
3189 | virtual bool FindNextParagraphNumber(wxRichTextParagraph* previousParagraph, wxRichTextAttr& attr) const; | |
3190 | ||
590a0f8b JS |
3191 | /** |
3192 | Sets the properties for the given range, passing flags to determine how the | |
3193 | attributes are set. You can merge properties or replace them. | |
3194 | ||
3195 | The end point of range is specified as the last character position of the span | |
3196 | of text, plus one. So, for example, to set the properties for a character at | |
3197 | position 5, use the range (5,6). | |
3198 | ||
3199 | @a flags may contain a bit list of the following values: | |
3200 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_NONE: no flag. | |
3201 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO: specifies that this operation should be | |
3202 | undoable. | |
3203 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_PARAGRAPHS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3204 | applied to paragraphs, and not the content. | |
3205 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_CHARACTERS_ONLY: specifies that the properties should only be | |
3206 | applied to characters, and not the paragraph. | |
3207 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_RESET: resets (clears) the existing properties before applying | |
3208 | the new properties. | |
3209 | - wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_REMOVE: removes the specified properties. | |
3210 | */ | |
3211 | virtual bool SetProperties(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextProperties& properties, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETPROPERTIES_WITH_UNDO); | |
3212 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
3213 | /** |
3214 | Test if this whole range has character attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3215 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3216 | can use this to implement, for example, bold button updating. style must have | |
3217 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3218 | */ | |
3219 | virtual bool HasCharacterAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; | |
3220 | ||
3221 | /** | |
3222 | Test if this whole range has paragraph attributes of the specified kind. If any | |
3223 | of the attributes are different within the range, the test fails. You | |
3224 | can use this to implement, for example, centering button updating. style must have | |
3225 | flags indicating which attributes are of interest. | |
3226 | */ | |
3227 | virtual bool HasParagraphAttributes(const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextAttr& style) const; | |
3228 | ||
3229 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox(*this); } | |
3230 | ||
cc2aecde JS |
3231 | /** |
3232 | Prepares the content just before insertion (or after buffer reset). | |
3233 | Currently is only called if undo mode is on. | |
3234 | */ | |
3235 | virtual void PrepareContent(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& container); | |
3236 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
3237 | /** |
3238 | Insert fragment into this box at the given position. If partialParagraph is true, | |
3239 | it is assumed that the last (or only) paragraph is just a piece of data with no paragraph | |
3240 | marker. | |
3241 | */ | |
3242 | virtual bool InsertFragment(long position, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); | |
3243 | ||
3244 | /** | |
3245 | Make a copy of the fragment corresponding to the given range, putting it in @a fragment. | |
3246 | */ | |
3247 | virtual bool CopyFragment(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); | |
3248 | ||
3249 | /** | |
3250 | Apply the style sheet to the buffer, for example if the styles have changed. | |
3251 | */ | |
3252 | virtual bool ApplyStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); | |
3253 | ||
3254 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj); | |
3255 | ||
3256 | void operator= (const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& obj) { Copy(obj); } | |
3257 | ||
3258 | /** | |
3259 | Calculate ranges. | |
3260 | */ | |
3261 | virtual void UpdateRanges(); | |
3262 | ||
3263 | /** | |
3264 | Get all the text. | |
3265 | */ | |
3266 | virtual wxString GetText() const; | |
3267 | ||
3268 | /** | |
3269 | Sets the default style, affecting the style currently being applied | |
3270 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3271 | inserted text to be bold). | |
3272 | ||
3273 | This is not cumulative - setting the default style will replace the previous | |
3274 | default style. | |
3275 | ||
3276 | Setting it to a default attribute object makes new content take on the 'basic' style. | |
3277 | */ | |
3278 | virtual bool SetDefaultStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); | |
3279 | ||
3280 | /** | |
3281 | Returns the current default style, affecting the style currently being applied | |
3282 | (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause subsequently | |
3283 | inserted text to be bold). | |
3284 | */ | |
3285 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetDefaultStyle() const { return m_defaultAttributes; } | |
3286 | ||
3287 | /** | |
3288 | Sets the basic (overall) style. This is the style of the whole | |
3289 | buffer before further styles are applied, unlike the default style, which | |
3290 | only affects the style currently being applied (for example, setting the default | |
3291 | style to bold will cause subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
3292 | */ | |
3293 | virtual void SetBasicStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style) { m_attributes = style; } | |
3294 | ||
3295 | /** | |
3296 | Returns the basic (overall) style. | |
3297 | ||
3298 | This is the style of the whole buffer before further styles are applied, | |
3299 | unlike the default style, which only affects the style currently being | |
3300 | applied (for example, setting the default style to bold will cause | |
3301 | subsequently inserted text to be bold). | |
3302 | */ | |
3303 | virtual const wxRichTextAttr& GetBasicStyle() const { return m_attributes; } | |
3304 | ||
3305 | /** | |
3306 | Invalidates the buffer. With no argument, invalidates whole buffer. | |
3307 | */ | |
3308 | virtual void Invalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); | |
3309 | ||
3310 | /** | |
3311 | Do the (in)validation for this object only. | |
3312 | */ | |
3313 | virtual void DoInvalidate(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange); | |
3314 | ||
3315 | /** | |
3316 | Do the (in)validation both up and down the hierarchy. | |
3317 | */ | |
3318 | virtual void InvalidateHierarchy(const wxRichTextRange& invalidRange = wxRICHTEXT_ALL); | |
3319 | ||
3320 | /** | |
3321 | Gather information about floating objects. If untilObj is non-NULL, | |
3322 | will stop getting information if the current object is this, since we | |
3323 | will collect the rest later. | |
3324 | */ | |
3325 | virtual bool UpdateFloatingObjects(const wxRect& availableRect, wxRichTextObject* untilObj = NULL); | |
3326 | ||
3327 | /** | |
3328 | Get invalid range, rounding to entire paragraphs if argument is true. | |
3329 | */ | |
3330 | wxRichTextRange GetInvalidRange(bool wholeParagraphs = false) const; | |
3331 | ||
3332 | /** | |
3333 | Returns @true if this object needs layout. | |
3334 | */ | |
3335 | bool IsDirty() const { return m_invalidRange != wxRICHTEXT_NONE; } | |
3336 | ||
3337 | /** | |
3338 | Returns the wxRichTextFloatCollector of this object. | |
3339 | */ | |
3340 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* GetFloatCollector() { return m_floatCollector; } | |
3341 | ||
3342 | /** | |
3343 | Returns the number of floating objects at this level. | |
3344 | */ | |
3345 | int GetFloatingObjectCount() const; | |
3346 | ||
3347 | /** | |
3348 | Returns a list of floating objects. | |
3349 | */ | |
3350 | bool GetFloatingObjects(wxRichTextObjectList& objects) const; | |
3351 | ||
3352 | protected: | |
3353 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
3354 | wxRichTextAttr m_defaultAttributes; | |
3355 | ||
3356 | // The invalidated range that will need full layout | |
3357 | wxRichTextRange m_invalidRange; | |
3358 | ||
3359 | // Is the last paragraph partial or complete? | |
3360 | bool m_partialParagraph; | |
3361 | ||
3362 | // The floating layout state | |
3363 | wxRichTextFloatCollector* m_floatCollector; | |
3364 | }; | |
3365 | ||
3366 | /** | |
3367 | @class wxRichTextBox | |
3368 | ||
3369 | This class implements a floating or inline text box, containing paragraphs. | |
3370 | ||
3371 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3372 | @category{richtext} | |
3373 | ||
3374 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextObject, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3375 | */ | |
3376 | ||
16caec26 | 3377 | class wxRichTextBox: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
7afd2b58 | 3378 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
3379 | public: |
3380 | // Constructors | |
3381 | ||
3382 | /** | |
3383 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3384 | */ | |
3385 | ||
3386 | wxRichTextBox(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
3387 | ||
3388 | /** | |
3389 | Copy constructor. | |
3390 | */ | |
3391 | ||
3392 | wxRichTextBox(const wxRichTextBox& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
3393 | ||
3394 | // Overridables | |
3395 | ||
8db2e3ef | 3396 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 JS |
3397 | |
3398 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("textbox"); } | |
3399 | ||
3400 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } | |
3401 | ||
3402 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
3403 | ||
3404 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Box"); } | |
3405 | ||
3406 | // Accessors | |
3407 | ||
3408 | // Operations | |
3409 | ||
3410 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBox(*this); } | |
3411 | ||
3412 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBox& obj); | |
3413 | ||
3414 | protected: | |
3415 | }; | |
3416 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
3417 | /** |
3418 | @class wxRichTextField | |
3419 | ||
3420 | This class implements the general concept of a field, an object that represents | |
3421 | additional functionality such as a footnote, a bookmark, a page number, a table | |
3422 | of contents, and so on. Extra information (such as a bookmark name) can be stored | |
3423 | in the object properties. | |
3424 | ||
3425 | Drawing, layout, and property editing is delegated to classes derived | |
3426 | from wxRichTextFieldType, such as instances of wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard; this makes | |
3427 | the use of fields an efficient method of introducing extra functionality, since | |
3428 | most of the information required to draw a field (such as a bitmap) is kept centrally | |
3429 | in a single field type definition. | |
3430 | ||
3431 | The FieldType property, accessed by SetFieldType/GetFieldType, is used to retrieve | |
3432 | the field type definition. So be careful not to overwrite this property. | |
3433 | ||
3434 | wxRichTextField is derived from wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, which means that it | |
3435 | can contain its own read-only content, refreshed when the application calls the UpdateField | |
3436 | function. Whether a field is treated as a composite or a single graphic is determined | |
3437 | by the field type definition. If using wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, passing the display | |
3438 | type wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE to the field type definition causes the field | |
3439 | to behave like a composite; the other display styles display a simple graphic. | |
3440 | When implementing a composite field, you will still need to derive from wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3441 | or wxRichTextFieldType, if only to implement UpdateField to refresh the field content | |
3442 | appropriately. wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard is only one possible implementation, but | |
3443 | covers common needs especially for simple, static fields using text or a bitmap. | |
3444 | ||
3445 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3174a8a9 RD |
3446 | wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on |
3447 | application exit. | |
7c9fdebe JS |
3448 | |
3449 | An application can write a field to a control with wxRichTextCtrl::WriteField, | |
3450 | taking a field type, the properties for the field, and optional attributes. | |
3451 | ||
3452 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3453 | @category{richtext} | |
3454 | ||
3455 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextProperties, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3456 | */ | |
3457 | ||
16caec26 | 3458 | class wxRichTextField: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
7c9fdebe | 3459 | { |
7c9fdebe JS |
3460 | public: |
3461 | // Constructors | |
3462 | ||
3463 | /** | |
3464 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
3465 | */ | |
3466 | ||
3467 | wxRichTextField(const wxString& fieldType = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
3468 | ||
3469 | /** | |
3470 | Copy constructor. | |
3471 | */ | |
3472 | ||
3473 | wxRichTextField(const wxRichTextField& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
3474 | ||
3475 | // Overridables | |
3476 | ||
3477 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3478 | ||
3479 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3480 | ||
914a4e23 | 3481 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7c9fdebe JS |
3482 | |
3483 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("field"); } | |
3484 | ||
3485 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const; | |
3486 | ||
3487 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
3488 | ||
3489 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const; | |
3490 | ||
3491 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
3492 | ||
3493 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
3494 | ||
3495 | /** | |
3496 | If a field has children, we don't want the user to be able to edit it. | |
3497 | */ | |
3498 | virtual bool IsAtomic() const { return true; } | |
3499 | ||
3500 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; } | |
3501 | ||
3502 | virtual bool IsTopLevel() const; | |
3503 | ||
3504 | // Accessors | |
3505 | ||
3506 | void SetFieldType(const wxString& fieldType) { GetProperties().SetProperty(wxT("FieldType"), fieldType); } | |
3507 | wxString GetFieldType() const { return GetProperties().GetPropertyString(wxT("FieldType")); } | |
3508 | ||
3509 | // Operations | |
3510 | ||
3511 | /** | |
3512 | Update the field; delegated to the associated field type. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3513 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3514 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 3515 | virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); |
7c9fdebe JS |
3516 | |
3517 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextField(*this); } | |
3518 | ||
3519 | void Copy(const wxRichTextField& obj); | |
3520 | ||
3521 | protected: | |
3522 | }; | |
3523 | ||
3524 | /** | |
3525 | @class wxRichTextFieldType | |
3526 | ||
3527 | The base class for custom field types. Each type definition handles one | |
3528 | field type. Override functions to provide drawing, layout, updating and | |
3529 | property editing functionality for a field. | |
3530 | ||
3531 | Register field types on application initialisation with the static function | |
3174a8a9 RD |
3532 | wxRichTextBuffer::AddFieldType. They will be deleted automatically on |
3533 | application exit. | |
7c9fdebe JS |
3534 | |
3535 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3536 | @category{richtext} | |
3537 | ||
3538 | @see wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3539 | */ | |
3540 | ||
16caec26 | 3541 | class wxRichTextFieldType: public wxObject |
7c9fdebe | 3542 | { |
7c9fdebe JS |
3543 | public: |
3544 | /** | |
3545 | Creates a field type definition. | |
3546 | */ | |
3547 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
3548 | : m_name(name) | |
3549 | { } | |
3550 | ||
3551 | /** | |
3552 | Copy constructor. | |
3553 | */ | |
3554 | wxRichTextFieldType(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { Copy(fieldType); } | |
3555 | ||
3556 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldType& fieldType) { m_name = fieldType.m_name; } | |
3557 | ||
3558 | /** | |
3559 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3560 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3561 | */ | |
3562 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style) = 0; | |
3563 | ||
3564 | /** | |
3565 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
591805e0 | 3566 | Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object, |
7c9fdebe JS |
3567 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size |
3568 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3569 | */ | |
3570 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style) = 0; | |
3571 | ||
3572 | /** | |
3573 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3574 | is invalid for this object. | |
3575 | */ | |
914a4e23 | 3576 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const = 0; |
7c9fdebe JS |
3577 | |
3578 | /** | |
3579 | Returns @true if we can edit the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3580 | */ | |
16caec26 | 3581 | virtual bool CanEditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return false; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3582 | |
3583 | /** | |
3584 | Edits the object's properties via a GUI. | |
3585 | */ | |
16caec26 | 3586 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxRichTextField* obj, wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer) { return false; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3587 | |
3588 | /** | |
3589 | Returns the label to be used for the properties context menu item. | |
3590 | */ | |
16caec26 | 3591 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return wxEmptyString; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3592 | |
3593 | /** | |
3594 | Update the field. This would typically expand the field to its value, | |
3595 | if this is a dynamically changing and/or composite field. | |
3596 | */ | |
32423dd8 | 3597 | virtual bool UpdateField(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextField* obj) { return false; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3598 | |
3599 | /** | |
37467663 | 3600 | Returns @true if this object is top-level, i.e.\ contains its own paragraphs, such as a text box. |
7c9fdebe | 3601 | */ |
16caec26 | 3602 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return true; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3603 | |
3604 | /** | |
3605 | Sets the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3606 | */ | |
3607 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
3608 | ||
3609 | /** | |
3610 | Returns the field type name. There should be a unique name per field type object. | |
3611 | */ | |
3612 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
3613 | ||
3614 | protected: | |
3615 | ||
3616 | wxString m_name; | |
3617 | }; | |
3618 | ||
16caec26 | 3619 | class wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap; |
7c9fdebe JS |
3620 | |
3621 | /** | |
3622 | @class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
3623 | ||
3624 | A field type that can handle fields with text or bitmap labels, with a small range | |
3625 | of styles for implementing rectangular fields and fields that can be used for start | |
3626 | and end tags. | |
3627 | ||
3628 | The border, text and background colours can be customised; the default is | |
3629 | white text on a black background. | |
3630 | ||
3631 | The following display styles can be used. | |
3632 | ||
3633 | @beginStyleTable | |
3634 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE} | |
3635 | Creates a composite field; you will probably need to derive a new class to implement UpdateField. | |
3636 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE} | |
3637 | Shows a rounded rectangle background. | |
3638 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER} | |
3639 | Suppresses the background and border; mostly used with a bitmap label. | |
3640 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG} | |
3641 | Shows a start tag background, with the pointy end facing right. | |
3642 | @style{wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG} | |
3643 | Shows an end tag background, with the pointy end facing left. | |
3644 | @endStyleTable | |
3645 | ||
3646 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3647 | @category{richtext} | |
3648 | ||
3649 | @see wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextField, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3650 | */ | |
3651 | ||
16caec26 | 3652 | class wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard: public wxRichTextFieldType |
7c9fdebe | 3653 | { |
7c9fdebe JS |
3654 | public: |
3655 | ||
3656 | // Display style types | |
3657 | enum { wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE = 0x01, | |
3658 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE = 0x02, | |
3659 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER = 0x04, | |
3660 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG = 0x08, | |
3661 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG = 0x10 | |
3662 | }; | |
3663 | ||
3664 | /** | |
3665 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a text label. | |
3666 | ||
591805e0 | 3667 | @param name |
7c9fdebe JS |
3668 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type |
3669 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
3670 | @param label | |
3671 | The text label to be shown on the field. | |
3672 | @param displayStyle | |
3673 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3674 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3675 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3676 | ||
3677 | */ | |
3678 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxString& label, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE); | |
3679 | ||
3680 | /** | |
3681 | Constructor, creating a field type definition with a bitmap label. | |
3682 | ||
591805e0 | 3683 | @param name |
7c9fdebe JS |
3684 | The name of the type definition. This must be unique, and is the type |
3685 | name used when adding a field to a control. | |
591805e0 | 3686 | @param bitmap |
7c9fdebe JS |
3687 | The bitmap label to be shown on the field. |
3688 | @param displayStyle | |
3689 | The display style: one of wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_RECTANGLE, | |
3690 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER, wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_START_TAG, | |
3691 | wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_END_TAG. | |
3692 | ||
3693 | */ | |
3694 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxString& name, const wxBitmap& bitmap, int displayStyle = wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_NO_BORDER); | |
3695 | ||
3696 | /** | |
3697 | The default constructor. | |
3698 | ||
3699 | */ | |
3700 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard() { Init(); } | |
3701 | ||
3702 | /** | |
3703 | The copy constructor. | |
3704 | ||
3705 | */ | |
3706 | wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3707 | ||
3708 | /** | |
3709 | Initialises the object. | |
3710 | */ | |
3711 | void Init(); | |
3712 | ||
3713 | /** | |
3714 | Copies the object. | |
3715 | */ | |
3716 | void Copy(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field); | |
3717 | ||
3718 | /** | |
3719 | The assignment operator. | |
3720 | */ | |
3721 | void operator=(const wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard& field) { Copy(field); } | |
3722 | ||
3723 | /** | |
3724 | Draw the item, within the given range. Some objects may ignore the range (for | |
3725 | example paragraphs) while others must obey it (lines, to implement wrapping) | |
3726 | */ | |
3727 | virtual bool Draw(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); | |
3728 | ||
3729 | /** | |
3730 | Lay the item out at the specified position with the given size constraint. | |
591805e0 | 3731 | Layout must set the cached size. @a rect is the available space for the object, |
7c9fdebe JS |
3732 | and @a parentRect is the container that is used to determine a relative size |
3733 | or position (for example if a text box must be 50% of the parent text box). | |
3734 | */ | |
3735 | virtual bool Layout(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); | |
3736 | ||
3737 | /** | |
3738 | Returns the object size for the given range. Returns @false if the range | |
3739 | is invalid for this object. | |
3740 | */ | |
914a4e23 | 3741 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(wxRichTextField* obj, const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7c9fdebe JS |
3742 | |
3743 | /** | |
3744 | Get the size of the field, given the label, font size, and so on. | |
3745 | */ | |
3746 | wxSize GetSize(wxRichTextField* obj, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int style) const; | |
3747 | ||
3748 | /** | |
3749 | Returns @true if the display type is wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE, @false otherwise. | |
3750 | */ | |
16caec26 | 3751 | virtual bool IsTopLevel(wxRichTextField* obj) const { return (GetDisplayStyle() & wxRICHTEXT_FIELD_STYLE_COMPOSITE) != 0; } |
7c9fdebe JS |
3752 | |
3753 | /** | |
3754 | Sets the text label for fields of this type. | |
3755 | */ | |
3756 | void SetLabel(const wxString& label) { m_label = label; } | |
3757 | ||
3758 | /** | |
3759 | Returns the text label for fields of this type. | |
3760 | */ | |
3761 | const wxString& GetLabel() const { return m_label; } | |
3762 | ||
3763 | /** | |
3764 | Sets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3765 | */ | |
3766 | void SetBitmap(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_bitmap = bitmap; } | |
3767 | ||
3768 | /** | |
3769 | Gets the bitmap label for fields of this type. | |
3770 | */ | |
3771 | const wxBitmap& GetBitmap() const { return m_bitmap; } | |
3772 | ||
3773 | /** | |
3774 | Gets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3775 | */ | |
3776 | int GetDisplayStyle() const { return m_displayStyle; } | |
3777 | ||
3778 | /** | |
3779 | Sets the display style for fields of this type. | |
3780 | */ | |
3781 | void SetDisplayStyle(int displayStyle) { m_displayStyle = displayStyle; } | |
3782 | ||
3783 | /** | |
3784 | Gets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3785 | */ | |
3786 | const wxFont& GetFont() const { return m_font; } | |
3787 | ||
3788 | /** | |
3789 | Sets the font used for drawing the text label. | |
3790 | */ | |
3791 | void SetFont(const wxFont& font) { m_font = font; } | |
3792 | ||
3793 | /** | |
3794 | Gets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3795 | */ | |
3796 | const wxColour& GetTextColour() const { return m_textColour; } | |
3797 | ||
3798 | /** | |
3799 | Sets the colour used for drawing the text label. | |
3800 | */ | |
3801 | void SetTextColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_textColour = colour; } | |
3802 | ||
3803 | /** | |
3804 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3805 | */ | |
3806 | const wxColour& GetBorderColour() const { return m_borderColour; } | |
3807 | ||
3808 | /** | |
3809 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field border. | |
3810 | */ | |
3811 | void SetBorderColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_borderColour = colour; } | |
3812 | ||
3813 | /** | |
3814 | Gets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3815 | */ | |
3816 | const wxColour& GetBackgroundColour() const { return m_backgroundColour; } | |
3817 | ||
3818 | /** | |
3819 | Sets the colour used for drawing the field background. | |
3820 | */ | |
3821 | void SetBackgroundColour(const wxColour& colour) { m_backgroundColour = colour; } | |
3822 | ||
3823 | /** | |
3824 | Sets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3825 | */ | |
3826 | void SetVerticalPadding(int padding) { m_verticalPadding = padding; } | |
3827 | ||
3828 | /** | |
3829 | Gets the vertical padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3830 | */ | |
3831 | int GetVerticalPadding() const { return m_verticalPadding; } | |
3832 | ||
3833 | /** | |
3834 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3835 | */ | |
3836 | void SetHorizontalPadding(int padding) { m_horizontalPadding = padding; } | |
3837 | ||
3838 | /** | |
3839 | Sets the horizontal padding (the distance between the border and the text). | |
3840 | */ | |
3841 | int GetHorizontalPadding() const { return m_horizontalPadding; } | |
3842 | ||
3843 | /** | |
3844 | Sets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3845 | */ | |
3846 | void SetHorizontalMargin(int margin) { m_horizontalMargin = margin; } | |
3847 | ||
3848 | /** | |
3849 | Gets the horizontal margin surrounding the field object. | |
3850 | */ | |
3851 | int GetHorizontalMargin() const { return m_horizontalMargin; } | |
3852 | ||
3853 | /** | |
3854 | Sets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3855 | */ | |
3856 | void SetVerticalMargin(int margin) { m_verticalMargin = margin; } | |
3857 | ||
3858 | /** | |
3859 | Gets the vertical margin surrounding the field object. | |
3860 | */ | |
3861 | int GetVerticalMargin() const { return m_verticalMargin; } | |
3862 | ||
3863 | protected: | |
3864 | ||
3865 | wxString m_label; | |
3866 | int m_displayStyle; | |
3867 | wxFont m_font; | |
3868 | wxColour m_textColour; | |
3869 | wxColour m_borderColour; | |
3870 | wxColour m_backgroundColour; | |
3871 | int m_verticalPadding; | |
3872 | int m_horizontalPadding; | |
3873 | int m_horizontalMargin; | |
3874 | int m_verticalMargin; | |
3875 | wxBitmap m_bitmap; | |
3876 | }; | |
3877 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
3878 | /** |
3879 | @class wxRichTextLine | |
3880 | ||
3881 | This object represents a line in a paragraph, and stores | |
3882 | offsets from the start of the paragraph representing the | |
3883 | start and end positions of the line. | |
3884 | ||
3885 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
3886 | @category{richtext} | |
3887 | ||
3888 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
3889 | */ | |
3890 | ||
16caec26 | 3891 | class wxRichTextLine |
7afd2b58 JS |
3892 | { |
3893 | public: | |
3894 | // Constructors | |
3895 | ||
3896 | wxRichTextLine(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); | |
3897 | wxRichTextLine(const wxRichTextLine& obj) { Init( NULL); Copy(obj); } | |
3898 | virtual ~wxRichTextLine() {} | |
3899 | ||
3900 | // Overridables | |
3901 | ||
3902 | // Accessors | |
3903 | ||
3904 | /** | |
3905 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3906 | */ | |
3907 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } | |
3908 | /** | |
3909 | Sets the range associated with this line. | |
3910 | */ | |
3911 | void SetRange(long from, long to) { m_range = wxRichTextRange(from, to); } | |
3912 | ||
3913 | /** | |
3914 | Returns the parent paragraph. | |
3915 | */ | |
3916 | wxRichTextParagraph* GetParent() { return m_parent; } | |
3917 | ||
3918 | /** | |
3919 | Returns the range. | |
3920 | */ | |
3921 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } | |
3922 | /** | |
3923 | Returns the range. | |
3924 | */ | |
3925 | wxRichTextRange& GetRange() { return m_range; } | |
3926 | ||
3927 | /** | |
3928 | Returns the absolute range. | |
3929 | */ | |
3930 | wxRichTextRange GetAbsoluteRange() const; | |
3931 | ||
3932 | /** | |
3933 | Returns the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
3934 | */ | |
3935 | virtual wxSize GetSize() const { return m_size; } | |
3936 | ||
3937 | /** | |
3938 | Sets the line size as calculated by Layout. | |
3939 | */ | |
3940 | virtual void SetSize(const wxSize& sz) { m_size = sz; } | |
3941 | ||
3942 | /** | |
3943 | Returns the object position relative to the parent. | |
3944 | */ | |
3945 | virtual wxPoint GetPosition() const { return m_pos; } | |
3946 | ||
3947 | /** | |
3948 | Sets the object position relative to the parent. | |
3949 | */ | |
3950 | virtual void SetPosition(const wxPoint& pos) { m_pos = pos; } | |
3951 | ||
3952 | /** | |
3953 | Returns the absolute object position. | |
3954 | */ | |
3955 | virtual wxPoint GetAbsolutePosition() const; | |
3956 | ||
3957 | /** | |
3958 | Returns the rectangle enclosing the line. | |
3959 | */ | |
3960 | virtual wxRect GetRect() const { return wxRect(GetAbsolutePosition(), GetSize()); } | |
3961 | ||
3962 | /** | |
3963 | Sets the stored descent. | |
3964 | */ | |
3965 | void SetDescent(int descent) { m_descent = descent; } | |
3966 | ||
3967 | /** | |
3968 | Returns the stored descent. | |
3969 | */ | |
3970 | int GetDescent() const { return m_descent; } | |
3971 | ||
3972 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING | |
3973 | wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() { return m_objectSizes; } | |
3974 | const wxArrayInt& GetObjectSizes() const { return m_objectSizes; } | |
3975 | #endif | |
3976 | ||
3977 | // Operations | |
3978 | ||
3979 | /** | |
3980 | Initialises the object. | |
3981 | */ | |
3982 | void Init(wxRichTextParagraph* parent); | |
3983 | ||
3984 | /** | |
3985 | Copies from @a obj. | |
3986 | */ | |
3987 | void Copy(const wxRichTextLine& obj); | |
3988 | ||
3989 | virtual wxRichTextLine* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextLine(*this); } | |
3990 | ||
3991 | protected: | |
3992 | ||
3993 | // The range of the line (start position to end position) | |
3994 | // This is relative to the parent paragraph. | |
3995 | wxRichTextRange m_range; | |
3996 | ||
3997 | // Size and position measured relative to top of paragraph | |
3998 | wxPoint m_pos; | |
3999 | wxSize m_size; | |
4000 | ||
4001 | // Maximum descent for this line (location of text baseline) | |
4002 | int m_descent; | |
4003 | ||
4004 | // The parent object | |
4005 | wxRichTextParagraph* m_parent; | |
4006 | ||
4007 | #if wxRICHTEXT_USE_OPTIMIZED_LINE_DRAWING | |
4008 | wxArrayInt m_objectSizes; | |
4009 | #endif | |
4010 | }; | |
4011 | ||
16caec26 | 4012 | class wxRichTextLineList; |
7afd2b58 JS |
4013 | |
4014 | /** | |
4015 | @class wxRichTextParagraph | |
4016 | ||
4017 | This object represents a single paragraph containing various objects such as text content, images, and further paragraph layout objects. | |
4018 | ||
4019 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4020 | @category{richtext} | |
4021 | ||
4022 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4023 | */ | |
4024 | ||
16caec26 | 4025 | class wxRichTextParagraph: public wxRichTextCompositeObject |
7afd2b58 | 4026 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
4027 | public: |
4028 | // Constructors | |
4029 | ||
4030 | /** | |
4031 | Constructor taking a parent and style. | |
4032 | */ | |
4033 | wxRichTextParagraph(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); | |
4034 | /** | |
4035 | Constructor taking a text string, a parent and paragraph and character attributes. | |
4036 | */ | |
4037 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); | |
4038 | virtual ~wxRichTextParagraph(); | |
4039 | wxRichTextParagraph(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj): wxRichTextCompositeObject() { Copy(obj); } | |
4040 | ||
4041 | // Overridables | |
4042 | ||
8db2e3ef | 4043 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4044 | |
8db2e3ef | 4045 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4046 | |
914a4e23 | 4047 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7afd2b58 | 4048 | |
8db2e3ef | 4049 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
7afd2b58 | 4050 | |
8db2e3ef | 4051 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4052 | |
4053 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
4054 | ||
4055 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("paragraph"); } | |
4056 | ||
4057 | // Accessors | |
4058 | ||
4059 | /** | |
4060 | Returns the cached lines. | |
4061 | */ | |
4062 | wxRichTextLineList& GetLines() { return m_cachedLines; } | |
4063 | ||
4064 | // Operations | |
4065 | ||
4066 | /** | |
4067 | Copies the object. | |
4068 | */ | |
4069 | void Copy(const wxRichTextParagraph& obj); | |
4070 | ||
4071 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextParagraph(*this); } | |
4072 | ||
4073 | /** | |
4074 | Clears the cached lines. | |
4075 | */ | |
4076 | void ClearLines(); | |
4077 | ||
4078 | // Implementation | |
4079 | ||
4080 | /** | |
4081 | Applies paragraph styles such as centering to the wrapped lines. | |
4082 | */ | |
4083 | virtual void ApplyParagraphStyle(wxRichTextLine* line, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxDC& dc); | |
4084 | ||
4085 | /** | |
4086 | Inserts text at the given position. | |
4087 | */ | |
4088 | virtual bool InsertText(long pos, const wxString& text); | |
4089 | ||
4090 | /** | |
4091 | Splits an object at this position if necessary, and returns | |
4092 | the previous object, or NULL if inserting at the beginning. | |
4093 | */ | |
4094 | virtual wxRichTextObject* SplitAt(long pos, wxRichTextObject** previousObject = NULL); | |
4095 | ||
4096 | /** | |
4097 | Moves content to a list from this point. | |
4098 | */ | |
4099 | virtual void MoveToList(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxList& list); | |
4100 | ||
4101 | /** | |
4102 | Adds content back from a list. | |
4103 | */ | |
4104 | virtual void MoveFromList(wxList& list); | |
4105 | ||
4106 | /** | |
4107 | Returns the plain text searching from the start or end of the range. | |
4108 | The resulting string may be shorter than the range given. | |
4109 | */ | |
4110 | bool GetContiguousPlainText(wxString& text, const wxRichTextRange& range, bool fromStart = true); | |
4111 | ||
4112 | /** | |
4113 | Finds a suitable wrap position. @a wrapPosition is the last position in the line to the left | |
4114 | of the split. | |
4115 | */ | |
8db2e3ef | 4116 | bool FindWrapPosition(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int availableSpace, long& wrapPosition, wxArrayInt* partialExtents); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4117 | |
4118 | /** | |
4119 | Finds the object at the given position. | |
4120 | */ | |
4121 | wxRichTextObject* FindObjectAtPosition(long position); | |
4122 | ||
4123 | /** | |
4124 | Returns the bullet text for this paragraph. | |
4125 | */ | |
4126 | wxString GetBulletText(); | |
4127 | ||
4128 | /** | |
4129 | Allocates or reuses a line object. | |
4130 | */ | |
4131 | wxRichTextLine* AllocateLine(int pos); | |
4132 | ||
4133 | /** | |
4134 | Clears remaining unused line objects, if any. | |
4135 | */ | |
4136 | bool ClearUnusedLines(int lineCount); | |
4137 | ||
4138 | /** | |
4139 | Returns combined attributes of the base style, paragraph style and character style. We use this to dynamically | |
4140 | retrieve the actual style. | |
4141 | */ | |
4142 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(const wxRichTextAttr& contentStyle, bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; | |
4143 | ||
4144 | /** | |
4145 | Returns the combined attributes of the base style and paragraph style. | |
4146 | */ | |
4147 | wxRichTextAttr GetCombinedAttributes(bool includingBoxAttr = false) const; | |
4148 | ||
4149 | /** | |
4150 | Returns the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4151 | */ | |
4152 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); | |
4153 | ||
4154 | /** | |
4155 | Creates a default tabstop array. | |
4156 | */ | |
4157 | static void InitDefaultTabs(); | |
4158 | ||
4159 | /** | |
4160 | Clears the default tabstop array. | |
4161 | */ | |
4162 | static void ClearDefaultTabs(); | |
4163 | ||
4164 | /** | |
4165 | Returns the default tabstop array. | |
4166 | */ | |
4167 | static const wxArrayInt& GetDefaultTabs() { return sm_defaultTabs; } | |
4168 | ||
4169 | /** | |
4170 | Lays out the floating objects. | |
4171 | */ | |
a4301b8f | 4172 | void LayoutFloat(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style, wxRichTextFloatCollector* floatCollector); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4173 | |
4174 | protected: | |
4175 | ||
4176 | // The lines that make up the wrapped paragraph | |
4177 | wxRichTextLineList m_cachedLines; | |
4178 | ||
4179 | // Default tabstops | |
4180 | static wxArrayInt sm_defaultTabs; | |
4181 | ||
4182 | friend class wxRichTextFloatCollector; | |
4183 | }; | |
4184 | ||
4185 | /** | |
4186 | @class wxRichTextPlainText | |
4187 | ||
4188 | This object represents a single piece of text. | |
4189 | ||
4190 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4191 | @category{richtext} | |
4192 | ||
4193 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4194 | */ | |
4195 | ||
16caec26 | 4196 | class wxRichTextPlainText: public wxRichTextObject |
7afd2b58 | 4197 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
4198 | public: |
4199 | // Constructors | |
4200 | ||
4201 | /** | |
4202 | Constructor. | |
4203 | */ | |
4204 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxString& text = wxEmptyString, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* style = NULL); | |
4205 | ||
4206 | /** | |
4207 | Copy constructor. | |
4208 | */ | |
4209 | wxRichTextPlainText(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj): wxRichTextObject() { Copy(obj); } | |
4210 | ||
4211 | // Overridables | |
4212 | ||
8db2e3ef | 4213 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4214 | |
8db2e3ef | 4215 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4216 | |
914a4e23 | 4217 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
4218 | |
4219 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; | |
4220 | ||
4221 | virtual wxRichTextObject* DoSplit(long pos); | |
4222 | ||
4223 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
4224 | ||
4225 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); | |
4226 | ||
4227 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return m_text.empty(); } | |
4228 | ||
f7667b84 JS |
4229 | virtual bool CanMerge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const; |
4230 | ||
4231 | virtual bool Merge(wxRichTextObject* object, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context); | |
7afd2b58 | 4232 | |
f7667b84 JS |
4233 | virtual bool CanSplit(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context) const; |
4234 | ||
4235 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Split(wxRichTextDrawingContext& context); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4236 | |
4237 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream); | |
4238 | ||
4239 | /** | |
4240 | Get the first position from pos that has a line break character. | |
4241 | */ | |
4242 | long GetFirstLineBreakPosition(long pos); | |
4243 | ||
4244 | /// Does this object take note of paragraph attributes? Text and image objects don't. | |
4245 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } | |
4246 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4247 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4248 | |
4249 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
4250 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
4251 | #endif | |
4252 | ||
4253 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
4254 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
4255 | #endif | |
4256 | ||
4257 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("text"); } | |
4258 | ||
4259 | // Accessors | |
4260 | ||
4261 | /** | |
4262 | Returns the text. | |
4263 | */ | |
4264 | const wxString& GetText() const { return m_text; } | |
4265 | ||
4266 | /** | |
4267 | Sets the text. | |
4268 | */ | |
4269 | void SetText(const wxString& text) { m_text = text; } | |
4270 | ||
4271 | // Operations | |
4272 | ||
4273 | // Copies the text object, | |
4274 | void Copy(const wxRichTextPlainText& obj); | |
4275 | ||
4276 | // Clones the text object. | |
4277 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextPlainText(*this); } | |
4278 | ||
4279 | private: | |
4280 | bool DrawTabbedString(wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, wxString& str, wxCoord& x, wxCoord& y, bool selected); | |
4281 | ||
4282 | protected: | |
4283 | wxString m_text; | |
4284 | }; | |
4285 | ||
4286 | /** | |
4287 | @class wxRichTextImageBlock | |
4288 | ||
4289 | This class stores information about an image, in binary in-memory form. | |
4290 | ||
4291 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4292 | @category{richtext} | |
4293 | ||
4294 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4295 | */ | |
4296 | ||
16caec26 | 4297 | class wxRichTextImageBlock: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 JS |
4298 | { |
4299 | public: | |
4300 | /** | |
4301 | Constructor. | |
4302 | */ | |
4303 | wxRichTextImageBlock(); | |
4304 | ||
4305 | /** | |
4306 | Copy constructor. | |
4307 | */ | |
4308 | wxRichTextImageBlock(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); | |
4309 | virtual ~wxRichTextImageBlock(); | |
4310 | ||
4311 | /** | |
4312 | Initialises the block. | |
4313 | */ | |
4314 | void Init(); | |
4315 | ||
4316 | /** | |
4317 | Clears the block. | |
4318 | */ | |
4319 | ||
4320 | void Clear(); | |
4321 | ||
4322 | /** | |
4323 | Load the original image into a memory block. | |
4324 | If the image is not a JPEG, we must convert it into a JPEG | |
4325 | to conserve space. | |
4326 | If it's not a JPEG we can make use of @a image, already scaled, so we don't have to | |
4327 | load the image a second time. | |
4328 | */ | |
4329 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(const wxString& filename, wxBitmapType imageType, | |
4330 | wxImage& image, bool convertToJPEG = true); | |
4331 | ||
4332 | /** | |
4333 | Make an image block from the wxImage in the given | |
4334 | format. | |
4335 | */ | |
4336 | virtual bool MakeImageBlock(wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType, int quality = 80); | |
4337 | ||
4338 | /** | |
4339 | Uses a const wxImage for efficiency, but can't set quality (only relevant for JPEG) | |
4340 | */ | |
4341 | virtual bool MakeImageBlockDefaultQuality(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); | |
4342 | ||
4343 | /** | |
4344 | Makes the image block. | |
4345 | */ | |
4346 | virtual bool DoMakeImageBlock(const wxImage& image, wxBitmapType imageType); | |
4347 | ||
4348 | /** | |
4349 | Writes the block to a file. | |
4350 | */ | |
4351 | bool Write(const wxString& filename); | |
4352 | ||
4353 | /** | |
4354 | Writes the data in hex to a stream. | |
4355 | */ | |
4356 | bool WriteHex(wxOutputStream& stream); | |
4357 | ||
4358 | /** | |
4359 | Reads the data in hex from a stream. | |
4360 | */ | |
4361 | bool ReadHex(wxInputStream& stream, int length, wxBitmapType imageType); | |
4362 | ||
4363 | /** | |
4364 | Copy from @a block. | |
4365 | */ | |
4366 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); | |
4367 | ||
4368 | // Load a wxImage from the block | |
4369 | /** | |
4370 | */ | |
4371 | bool Load(wxImage& image); | |
4372 | ||
4373 | // Operators | |
4374 | ||
4375 | /** | |
4376 | Assignment operation. | |
4377 | */ | |
4378 | void operator=(const wxRichTextImageBlock& block); | |
4379 | ||
4380 | // Accessors | |
4381 | ||
4382 | /** | |
4383 | Returns the raw data. | |
4384 | */ | |
4385 | unsigned char* GetData() const { return m_data; } | |
4386 | ||
4387 | /** | |
4388 | Returns the data size in bytes. | |
4389 | */ | |
4390 | size_t GetDataSize() const { return m_dataSize; } | |
4391 | ||
4392 | /** | |
4393 | Returns the image type. | |
4394 | */ | |
4395 | wxBitmapType GetImageType() const { return m_imageType; } | |
4396 | ||
4397 | /** | |
4398 | */ | |
4399 | void SetData(unsigned char* image) { m_data = image; } | |
4400 | ||
4401 | /** | |
4402 | Sets the data size. | |
4403 | */ | |
4404 | void SetDataSize(size_t size) { m_dataSize = size; } | |
4405 | ||
4406 | /** | |
4407 | Sets the image type. | |
4408 | */ | |
4409 | void SetImageType(wxBitmapType imageType) { m_imageType = imageType; } | |
4410 | ||
4411 | /** | |
4412 | Returns @true if the data is non-NULL. | |
4413 | */ | |
4414 | bool IsOk() const { return GetData() != NULL; } | |
4415 | bool Ok() const { return IsOk(); } | |
4416 | ||
4417 | /** | |
4418 | Gets the extension for the block's type. | |
4419 | */ | |
4420 | wxString GetExtension() const; | |
4421 | ||
4422 | /// Implementation | |
4423 | ||
4424 | /** | |
4425 | Allocates and reads from a stream as a block of memory. | |
4426 | */ | |
4427 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(wxInputStream& stream, size_t size); | |
4428 | ||
4429 | /** | |
4430 | Allocates and reads from a file as a block of memory. | |
4431 | */ | |
4432 | static unsigned char* ReadBlock(const wxString& filename, size_t size); | |
4433 | ||
4434 | /** | |
4435 | Writes a memory block to stream. | |
4436 | */ | |
4437 | static bool WriteBlock(wxOutputStream& stream, unsigned char* block, size_t size); | |
4438 | ||
4439 | /** | |
4440 | Writes a memory block to a file. | |
4441 | */ | |
4442 | static bool WriteBlock(const wxString& filename, unsigned char* block, size_t size); | |
4443 | ||
4444 | protected: | |
4445 | // Size in bytes of the image stored. | |
4446 | // This is in the raw, original form such as a JPEG file. | |
4447 | unsigned char* m_data; | |
4448 | size_t m_dataSize; | |
4449 | wxBitmapType m_imageType; | |
4450 | }; | |
4451 | ||
4452 | /** | |
4453 | @class wxRichTextImage | |
4454 | ||
4455 | This class implements a graphic object. | |
4456 | ||
4457 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4458 | @category{richtext} | |
4459 | ||
4460 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl, wxRichTextImageBlock | |
4461 | */ | |
4462 | ||
16caec26 | 4463 | class wxRichTextImage: public wxRichTextObject |
7afd2b58 | 4464 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
4465 | public: |
4466 | // Constructors | |
4467 | ||
4468 | /** | |
4469 | Default constructor. | |
4470 | */ | |
4471 | wxRichTextImage(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL): wxRichTextObject(parent) { } | |
4472 | ||
4473 | /** | |
4474 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from a wxImage. | |
4475 | */ | |
4476 | wxRichTextImage(const wxImage& image, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); | |
4477 | ||
4478 | /** | |
4479 | Creates a wxRichTextImage from an image block. | |
4480 | */ | |
4481 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL, wxRichTextAttr* charStyle = NULL); | |
4482 | ||
4483 | /** | |
4484 | Copy constructor. | |
4485 | */ | |
4486 | wxRichTextImage(const wxRichTextImage& obj): wxRichTextObject(obj) { Copy(obj); } | |
4487 | ||
4488 | // Overridables | |
4489 | ||
8db2e3ef | 4490 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4491 | |
8db2e3ef | 4492 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 4493 | |
914a4e23 | 4494 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
4495 | |
4496 | /** | |
4497 | Returns the 'natural' size for this object - the image size. | |
4498 | */ | |
4499 | virtual wxTextAttrSize GetNaturalSize() const; | |
4500 | ||
4501 | virtual bool IsEmpty() const { return false; /* !m_imageBlock.IsOk(); */ } | |
4502 | ||
4503 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } | |
4504 | ||
4505 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
4506 | ||
4507 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Picture"); } | |
4508 | ||
4509 | virtual bool UsesParagraphAttributes() const { return false; } | |
4510 | ||
7afd2b58 | 4511 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4512 | |
4513 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
4514 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
4515 | #endif | |
4516 | ||
4517 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
4518 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
4519 | #endif | |
4520 | ||
4521 | // Images can be floatable (optionally). | |
4522 | virtual bool IsFloatable() const { return true; } | |
4523 | ||
4524 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("image"); } | |
4525 | ||
4526 | // Accessors | |
4527 | ||
4528 | /** | |
4529 | Returns the image cache (a scaled bitmap). | |
4530 | */ | |
4531 | const wxBitmap& GetImageCache() const { return m_imageCache; } | |
4532 | ||
4533 | /** | |
4534 | Sets the image cache. | |
4535 | */ | |
4536 | void SetImageCache(const wxBitmap& bitmap) { m_imageCache = bitmap; } | |
4537 | ||
4538 | /** | |
4539 | Resets the image cache. | |
4540 | */ | |
4541 | void ResetImageCache() { m_imageCache = wxNullBitmap; } | |
4542 | ||
4543 | /** | |
4544 | Returns the image block containing the raw data. | |
4545 | */ | |
4546 | wxRichTextImageBlock& GetImageBlock() { return m_imageBlock; } | |
4547 | ||
23698b12 JS |
4548 | /** |
4549 | Gets the original image size. | |
4550 | */ | |
4551 | wxSize GetOriginalImageSize() const; | |
4552 | ||
4553 | /** | |
4554 | Sets the original image size. | |
4555 | */ | |
4556 | void SetOriginalImageSize(const wxSize& sz); | |
4557 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4558 | // Operations |
4559 | ||
4560 | /** | |
4561 | Copies the image object. | |
4562 | */ | |
4563 | void Copy(const wxRichTextImage& obj); | |
4564 | ||
4565 | /** | |
4566 | Clones the image object. | |
4567 | */ | |
4568 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextImage(*this); } | |
4569 | ||
4570 | /** | |
4571 | Creates a cached image at the required size. | |
4572 | */ | |
914a4e23 | 4573 | virtual bool LoadImageCache(wxDC& dc, bool resetCache = false, const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize); |
7afd2b58 JS |
4574 | |
4575 | protected: | |
4576 | wxRichTextImageBlock m_imageBlock; | |
4577 | wxBitmap m_imageCache; | |
4578 | }; | |
4579 | ||
16caec26 RD |
4580 | class wxRichTextCommand; |
4581 | class wxRichTextAction; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
4582 | |
4583 | /** | |
4584 | @class wxRichTextBuffer | |
4585 | ||
4586 | This is a kind of paragraph layout box, used to represent the whole buffer. | |
4587 | ||
4588 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
4589 | @category{richtext} | |
4590 | ||
4591 | @see wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox, wxRichTextCtrl | |
4592 | */ | |
4593 | ||
16caec26 | 4594 | class wxRichTextBuffer: public wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox |
7afd2b58 | 4595 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
4596 | public: |
4597 | // Constructors | |
4598 | ||
4599 | /** | |
4600 | Default constructor. | |
4601 | */ | |
4602 | wxRichTextBuffer() { Init(); } | |
4603 | ||
4604 | /** | |
4605 | Copy constructor. | |
4606 | */ | |
4607 | wxRichTextBuffer(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj): wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox() { Init(); Copy(obj); } | |
4608 | ||
4609 | virtual ~wxRichTextBuffer() ; | |
4610 | ||
4611 | // Accessors | |
4612 | ||
4613 | /** | |
4614 | Returns the command processor. | |
4615 | A text buffer always creates its own command processor when it is initialized. | |
4616 | */ | |
4617 | wxCommandProcessor* GetCommandProcessor() const { return m_commandProcessor; } | |
4618 | ||
4619 | /** | |
4620 | Sets style sheet, if any. This will allow the application to use named character and paragraph | |
4621 | styles found in the style sheet. | |
4622 | ||
4623 | Neither the buffer nor the control owns the style sheet so must be deleted by the application. | |
4624 | */ | |
4625 | void SetStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet) { m_styleSheet = styleSheet; } | |
4626 | ||
4627 | /** | |
4628 | Returns the style sheet. | |
4629 | */ | |
4630 | virtual wxRichTextStyleSheet* GetStyleSheet() const { return m_styleSheet; } | |
4631 | ||
4632 | /** | |
4633 | Sets the style sheet and sends a notification of the change. | |
4634 | */ | |
4635 | bool SetStyleSheetAndNotify(wxRichTextStyleSheet* sheet); | |
4636 | ||
4637 | /** | |
4638 | Pushes the style sheet to the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4639 | */ | |
4640 | bool PushStyleSheet(wxRichTextStyleSheet* styleSheet); | |
4641 | ||
4642 | /** | |
4643 | Pops the style sheet from the top of the style sheet stack. | |
4644 | */ | |
4645 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* PopStyleSheet(); | |
4646 | ||
4647 | /** | |
4648 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4649 | */ | |
4650 | wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() { return m_fontTable; } | |
4651 | ||
4652 | /** | |
4653 | Returns the table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4654 | */ | |
4655 | const wxRichTextFontTable& GetFontTable() const { return m_fontTable; } | |
4656 | ||
4657 | /** | |
4658 | Sets table storing fonts, for quick access and font reuse. | |
4659 | */ | |
4660 | void SetFontTable(const wxRichTextFontTable& table) { m_fontTable = table; } | |
4661 | ||
32423dd8 JS |
4662 | /** |
4663 | Sets the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable | |
4664 | editing. | |
4665 | */ | |
4666 | void SetFontScale(double fontScale); | |
4667 | ||
4668 | /** | |
4669 | Returns the scale factor for displaying fonts, for example for more comfortable | |
4670 | editing. | |
4671 | */ | |
4672 | double GetFontScale() const { return m_fontScale; } | |
4673 | ||
4674 | /** | |
4675 | Sets the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation and | |
4676 | inter-paragraph spacing. This can be useful when editing in a small control | |
4677 | where you still want legible text, but a minimum of wasted white space. | |
4678 | */ | |
4679 | void SetDimensionScale(double dimScale); | |
4680 | ||
4681 | /** | |
4682 | Returns the scale factor for displaying certain dimensions such as indentation | |
4683 | and inter-paragraph spacing. | |
4684 | */ | |
4685 | double GetDimensionScale() const { return m_dimensionScale; } | |
4686 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
4687 | // Operations |
4688 | ||
4689 | /** | |
4690 | Initialisation. | |
4691 | */ | |
4692 | void Init(); | |
4693 | ||
4694 | /** | |
4695 | Clears the buffer, adds an empty paragraph, and clears the command processor. | |
4696 | */ | |
4697 | virtual void ResetAndClearCommands(); | |
4698 | ||
4699 | //@{ | |
4700 | /** | |
4701 | Loads content from a stream or file. | |
4702 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
4703 | */ | |
4704 | virtual bool LoadFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
4705 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxInputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
4706 | //@} | |
4707 | ||
4708 | //@{ | |
4709 | /** | |
4710 | Saves content to a stream or file. | |
4711 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
4712 | */ | |
4713 | virtual bool SaveFile(const wxString& filename, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
4714 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxOutputStream& stream, wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_ANY); | |
4715 | //@} | |
4716 | ||
4717 | /** | |
4718 | Sets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4719 | */ | |
4720 | void SetHandlerFlags(int flags) { m_handlerFlags = flags; } | |
4721 | ||
4722 | /** | |
4723 | Gets the handler flags, controlling loading and saving. | |
4724 | */ | |
4725 | int GetHandlerFlags() const { return m_handlerFlags; } | |
4726 | ||
4727 | /** | |
4728 | Convenience function to add a paragraph of text. | |
4729 | */ | |
4730 | virtual wxRichTextRange AddParagraph(const wxString& text, wxRichTextAttr* paraStyle = NULL) { Modify(); return wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::AddParagraph(text, paraStyle); } | |
4731 | ||
4732 | /** | |
4733 | Begin collapsing undo/redo commands. Note that this may not work properly | |
4734 | if combining commands that delete or insert content, changing ranges for | |
4735 | subsequent actions. | |
4736 | ||
4737 | @a cmdName should be the name of the combined command that will appear | |
4738 | next to Undo and Redo in the edit menu. | |
4739 | */ | |
4740 | virtual bool BeginBatchUndo(const wxString& cmdName); | |
4741 | ||
4742 | /** | |
4743 | End collapsing undo/redo commands. | |
4744 | */ | |
4745 | virtual bool EndBatchUndo(); | |
4746 | ||
4747 | /** | |
4748 | Returns @true if we are collapsing commands. | |
4749 | */ | |
4750 | virtual bool BatchingUndo() const { return m_batchedCommandDepth > 0; } | |
4751 | ||
4752 | /** | |
4753 | Submit the action immediately, or delay according to whether collapsing is on. | |
4754 | */ | |
4755 | virtual bool SubmitAction(wxRichTextAction* action); | |
4756 | ||
4757 | /** | |
4758 | Returns the collapsed command. | |
4759 | */ | |
4760 | virtual wxRichTextCommand* GetBatchedCommand() const { return m_batchedCommand; } | |
4761 | ||
4762 | /** | |
4763 | Begin suppressing undo/redo commands. The way undo is suppressed may be implemented | |
4764 | differently by each command. If not dealt with by a command implementation, then | |
4765 | it will be implemented automatically by not storing the command in the undo history | |
4766 | when the action is submitted to the command processor. | |
4767 | */ | |
4768 | virtual bool BeginSuppressUndo(); | |
4769 | ||
4770 | /** | |
4771 | End suppressing undo/redo commands. | |
4772 | */ | |
4773 | virtual bool EndSuppressUndo(); | |
4774 | ||
4775 | /** | |
4776 | Are we suppressing undo?? | |
4777 | */ | |
4778 | virtual bool SuppressingUndo() const { return m_suppressUndo > 0; } | |
4779 | ||
4780 | /** | |
4781 | Copy the range to the clipboard. | |
4782 | */ | |
4783 | virtual bool CopyToClipboard(const wxRichTextRange& range); | |
4784 | ||
4785 | /** | |
4786 | Paste the clipboard content to the buffer. | |
4787 | */ | |
4788 | virtual bool PasteFromClipboard(long position); | |
4789 | ||
4790 | /** | |
4791 | Returns @true if we can paste from the clipboard. | |
4792 | */ | |
4793 | virtual bool CanPasteFromClipboard() const; | |
4794 | ||
4795 | /** | |
4796 | Begin using a style. | |
4797 | */ | |
4798 | virtual bool BeginStyle(const wxRichTextAttr& style); | |
4799 | ||
4800 | /** | |
4801 | End the style. | |
4802 | */ | |
4803 | virtual bool EndStyle(); | |
4804 | ||
4805 | /** | |
4806 | End all styles. | |
4807 | */ | |
4808 | virtual bool EndAllStyles(); | |
4809 | ||
4810 | /** | |
4811 | Clears the style stack. | |
4812 | */ | |
4813 | virtual void ClearStyleStack(); | |
4814 | ||
4815 | /** | |
4816 | Returns the size of the style stack, for example to check correct nesting. | |
4817 | */ | |
4818 | virtual size_t GetStyleStackSize() const { return m_attributeStack.GetCount(); } | |
4819 | ||
4820 | /** | |
4821 | Begins using bold. | |
4822 | */ | |
4823 | bool BeginBold(); | |
4824 | ||
4825 | /** | |
4826 | Ends using bold. | |
4827 | */ | |
4828 | bool EndBold() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4829 | ||
4830 | /** | |
4831 | Begins using italic. | |
4832 | */ | |
4833 | bool BeginItalic(); | |
4834 | ||
4835 | /** | |
4836 | Ends using italic. | |
4837 | */ | |
4838 | bool EndItalic() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4839 | ||
4840 | /** | |
4841 | Begins using underline. | |
4842 | */ | |
4843 | bool BeginUnderline(); | |
4844 | ||
4845 | /** | |
4846 | Ends using underline. | |
4847 | */ | |
4848 | bool EndUnderline() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4849 | ||
4850 | /** | |
4851 | Begins using point size. | |
4852 | */ | |
4853 | bool BeginFontSize(int pointSize); | |
4854 | ||
4855 | /** | |
4856 | Ends using point size. | |
4857 | */ | |
4858 | bool EndFontSize() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4859 | ||
4860 | /** | |
4861 | Begins using this font. | |
4862 | */ | |
4863 | bool BeginFont(const wxFont& font); | |
4864 | ||
4865 | /** | |
4866 | Ends using a font. | |
4867 | */ | |
4868 | bool EndFont() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4869 | ||
4870 | /** | |
4871 | Begins using this colour. | |
4872 | */ | |
4873 | bool BeginTextColour(const wxColour& colour); | |
4874 | ||
4875 | /** | |
4876 | Ends using a colour. | |
4877 | */ | |
4878 | bool EndTextColour() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4879 | ||
4880 | /** | |
4881 | Begins using alignment. | |
4882 | */ | |
4883 | bool BeginAlignment(wxTextAttrAlignment alignment); | |
4884 | ||
4885 | /** | |
4886 | Ends alignment. | |
4887 | */ | |
4888 | bool EndAlignment() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4889 | ||
4890 | /** | |
4891 | Begins using @a leftIndent for the left indent, and optionally @a leftSubIndent for | |
4892 | the sub-indent. Both are expressed in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4893 | ||
4894 | The sub-indent is an offset from the left of the paragraph, and is used for all | |
4895 | but the first line in a paragraph. A positive value will cause the first line to appear | |
4896 | to the left of the subsequent lines, and a negative value will cause the first line to be | |
4897 | indented relative to the subsequent lines. | |
4898 | */ | |
4899 | bool BeginLeftIndent(int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent = 0); | |
4900 | ||
4901 | /** | |
4902 | Ends left indent. | |
4903 | */ | |
4904 | bool EndLeftIndent() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4905 | ||
4906 | /** | |
4907 | Begins a right indent, specified in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4908 | */ | |
4909 | bool BeginRightIndent(int rightIndent); | |
4910 | ||
4911 | /** | |
4912 | Ends right indent. | |
4913 | */ | |
4914 | bool EndRightIndent() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4915 | ||
4916 | /** | |
4917 | Begins paragraph spacing; pass the before-paragraph and after-paragraph spacing | |
4918 | in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4919 | */ | |
4920 | bool BeginParagraphSpacing(int before, int after); | |
4921 | ||
4922 | /** | |
4923 | Ends paragraph spacing. | |
4924 | */ | |
4925 | bool EndParagraphSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4926 | ||
4927 | /** | |
4928 | Begins line spacing using the specified value. @e spacing is a multiple, where | |
4929 | 10 means single-spacing, 15 means 1.5 spacing, and 20 means double spacing. | |
4930 | ||
4931 | The ::wxTextAttrLineSpacing enumeration values are defined for convenience. | |
4932 | */ | |
4933 | bool BeginLineSpacing(int lineSpacing); | |
4934 | ||
4935 | /** | |
4936 | Ends line spacing. | |
4937 | */ | |
4938 | bool EndLineSpacing() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4939 | ||
4940 | /** | |
4941 | Begins numbered bullet. | |
4942 | ||
4943 | This call will be needed for each item in the list, and the | |
4944 | application should take care of incrementing the numbering. | |
4945 | ||
4946 | @a bulletNumber is a number, usually starting with 1. | |
4947 | @a leftIndent and @a leftSubIndent are values in tenths of a millimetre. | |
4948 | @a bulletStyle is a bitlist of the following values: | |
4949 | ||
4950 | wxRichTextBuffer uses indentation to render a bulleted item. | |
4951 | The left indent is the distance between the margin and the bullet. | |
4952 | The content of the paragraph, including the first line, starts | |
4953 | at leftMargin + leftSubIndent. | |
4954 | So the distance between the left edge of the bullet and the | |
4955 | left of the actual paragraph is leftSubIndent. | |
4956 | */ | |
4957 | bool BeginNumberedBullet(int bulletNumber, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_ARABIC|wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_PERIOD); | |
4958 | ||
4959 | /** | |
4960 | Ends numbered bullet. | |
4961 | */ | |
4962 | bool EndNumberedBullet() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4963 | ||
4964 | /** | |
4965 | Begins applying a symbol bullet, using a character from the current font. | |
4966 | ||
4967 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used | |
4968 | to render the bulleted paragraph. | |
4969 | */ | |
4970 | bool BeginSymbolBullet(const wxString& symbol, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_SYMBOL); | |
4971 | ||
4972 | /** | |
4973 | Ends symbol bullet. | |
4974 | */ | |
4975 | bool EndSymbolBullet() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4976 | ||
4977 | /** | |
4978 | Begins applying a standard bullet, using one of the standard bullet names | |
4979 | (currently @c standard/circle or @c standard/square. | |
4980 | ||
4981 | See BeginNumberedBullet() for an explanation of how indentation is used to | |
4982 | render the bulleted paragraph. | |
4983 | */ | |
4984 | bool BeginStandardBullet(const wxString& bulletName, int leftIndent, int leftSubIndent, int bulletStyle = wxTEXT_ATTR_BULLET_STYLE_STANDARD); | |
4985 | ||
4986 | /** | |
4987 | Ends standard bullet. | |
4988 | */ | |
4989 | bool EndStandardBullet() { return EndStyle(); } | |
4990 | ||
4991 | /** | |
4992 | Begins named character style. | |
4993 | */ | |
4994 | bool BeginCharacterStyle(const wxString& characterStyle); | |
4995 | ||
4996 | /** | |
4997 | Ends named character style. | |
4998 | */ | |
4999 | bool EndCharacterStyle() { return EndStyle(); } | |
5000 | ||
5001 | /** | |
5002 | Begins named paragraph style. | |
5003 | */ | |
5004 | bool BeginParagraphStyle(const wxString& paragraphStyle); | |
5005 | ||
5006 | /** | |
5007 | Ends named character style. | |
5008 | */ | |
5009 | bool EndParagraphStyle() { return EndStyle(); } | |
5010 | ||
5011 | /** | |
5012 | Begins named list style. | |
5013 | ||
5014 | Optionally, you can also pass a level and a number. | |
5015 | */ | |
5016 | bool BeginListStyle(const wxString& listStyle, int level = 1, int number = 1); | |
5017 | ||
5018 | /** | |
5019 | Ends named character style. | |
5020 | */ | |
5021 | bool EndListStyle() { return EndStyle(); } | |
5022 | ||
5023 | /** | |
5024 | Begins applying wxTEXT_ATTR_URL to the content. | |
5025 | ||
5026 | Pass a URL and optionally, a character style to apply, since it is common | |
5027 | to mark a URL with a familiar style such as blue text with underlining. | |
5028 | */ | |
5029 | bool BeginURL(const wxString& url, const wxString& characterStyle = wxEmptyString); | |
5030 | ||
5031 | /** | |
5032 | Ends URL. | |
5033 | */ | |
5034 | bool EndURL() { return EndStyle(); } | |
5035 | ||
5036 | // Event handling | |
5037 | ||
5038 | /** | |
5039 | Adds an event handler. | |
5040 | ||
5041 | A buffer associated with a control has the control as the only event handler, | |
5042 | but the application is free to add more if further notification is required. | |
5043 | All handlers are notified of an event originating from the buffer, such as | |
5044 | the replacement of a style sheet during loading. | |
5045 | ||
5046 | The buffer never deletes any of the event handlers, unless RemoveEventHandler() | |
5047 | is called with @true as the second argument. | |
5048 | */ | |
5049 | bool AddEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler); | |
5050 | ||
5051 | /** | |
5052 | Removes an event handler from the buffer's list of handlers, deleting the | |
5053 | object if @a deleteHandler is @true. | |
5054 | */ | |
5055 | bool RemoveEventHandler(wxEvtHandler* handler, bool deleteHandler = false); | |
5056 | ||
5057 | /** | |
5058 | Clear event handlers. | |
5059 | */ | |
5060 | void ClearEventHandlers(); | |
5061 | ||
5062 | /** | |
5063 | Send event to event handlers. If sendToAll is true, will send to all event handlers, | |
5064 | otherwise will stop at the first successful one. | |
5065 | */ | |
5066 | bool SendEvent(wxEvent& event, bool sendToAll = true); | |
5067 | ||
5068 | // Implementation | |
5069 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5070 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5071 | |
5072 | /** | |
5073 | Copies the buffer. | |
5074 | */ | |
5075 | void Copy(const wxRichTextBuffer& obj); | |
5076 | ||
5077 | /** | |
5078 | Assignment operator. | |
5079 | */ | |
5080 | void operator= (const wxRichTextBuffer& obj) { Copy(obj); } | |
5081 | ||
5082 | /** | |
5083 | Clones the buffer. | |
5084 | */ | |
5085 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextBuffer(*this); } | |
5086 | ||
5087 | /** | |
5088 | Submits a command to insert paragraphs. | |
5089 | */ | |
0eb1fbf0 | 5090 | bool InsertParagraphsWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& paragraphs, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5091 | |
5092 | /** | |
5093 | Submits a command to insert the given text. | |
5094 | */ | |
5095 | bool InsertTextWithUndo(long pos, const wxString& text, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); | |
5096 | ||
5097 | /** | |
5098 | Submits a command to insert a newline. | |
5099 | */ | |
5100 | bool InsertNewlineWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0); | |
5101 | ||
5102 | /** | |
5103 | Submits a command to insert the given image. | |
5104 | */ | |
5105 | bool InsertImageWithUndo(long pos, const wxRichTextImageBlock& imageBlock, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags = 0, | |
5106 | const wxRichTextAttr& textAttr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5107 | ||
5108 | /** | |
5109 | Submits a command to insert an object. | |
5110 | */ | |
5111 | wxRichTextObject* InsertObjectWithUndo(long pos, wxRichTextObject *object, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, int flags); | |
5112 | ||
5113 | /** | |
5114 | Submits a command to delete this range. | |
5115 | */ | |
5116 | bool DeleteRangeWithUndo(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl); | |
5117 | ||
5118 | /** | |
5119 | Mark modified. | |
5120 | */ | |
5121 | void Modify(bool modify = true) { m_modified = modify; } | |
5122 | ||
5123 | /** | |
5124 | Returns @true if the buffer was modified. | |
5125 | */ | |
5126 | bool IsModified() const { return m_modified; } | |
5127 | ||
5128 | //@{ | |
5129 | /** | |
5130 | Dumps contents of buffer for debugging purposes. | |
5131 | */ | |
5132 | virtual void Dump(); | |
5133 | virtual void Dump(wxTextOutputStream& stream) { wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox::Dump(stream); } | |
5134 | //@} | |
5135 | ||
5136 | /** | |
5137 | Returns the file handlers. | |
5138 | */ | |
5139 | static wxList& GetHandlers() { return sm_handlers; } | |
5140 | ||
5141 | /** | |
5142 | Adds a file handler to the end. | |
5143 | */ | |
5144 | static void AddHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); | |
5145 | ||
5146 | /** | |
5147 | Inserts a file handler at the front. | |
5148 | */ | |
5149 | static void InsertHandler(wxRichTextFileHandler *handler); | |
5150 | ||
5151 | /** | |
5152 | Removes a file handler. | |
5153 | */ | |
5154 | static bool RemoveHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5155 | ||
5156 | /** | |
5157 | Finds a file handler by name. | |
5158 | */ | |
5159 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5160 | ||
5161 | /** | |
5162 | Finds a file handler by extension and type. | |
5163 | */ | |
5164 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(const wxString& extension, wxRichTextFileType imageType); | |
5165 | ||
5166 | /** | |
5167 | Finds a handler by filename or, if supplied, type. | |
5168 | */ | |
5169 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandlerFilenameOrType(const wxString& filename, | |
5170 | wxRichTextFileType imageType); | |
5171 | ||
5172 | /** | |
5173 | Finds a handler by type. | |
5174 | */ | |
5175 | static wxRichTextFileHandler *FindHandler(wxRichTextFileType imageType); | |
5176 | ||
5177 | /** | |
5178 | Gets a wildcard incorporating all visible handlers. If @a types is present, | |
5179 | it will be filled with the file type corresponding to each filter. This can be | |
5180 | used to determine the type to pass to LoadFile given a selected filter. | |
5181 | */ | |
5182 | static wxString GetExtWildcard(bool combine = false, bool save = false, wxArrayInt* types = NULL); | |
5183 | ||
5184 | /** | |
5185 | Clean up file handlers. | |
5186 | */ | |
5187 | static void CleanUpHandlers(); | |
5188 | ||
5189 | /** | |
5190 | Initialise the standard file handlers. | |
5191 | Currently, only the plain text loading/saving handler is initialised by default. | |
5192 | */ | |
5193 | static void InitStandardHandlers(); | |
5194 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
5195 | /** |
5196 | Returns the drawing handlers. | |
5197 | */ | |
5198 | static wxList& GetDrawingHandlers() { return sm_drawingHandlers; } | |
5199 | ||
5200 | /** | |
5201 | Adds a drawing handler to the end. | |
5202 | */ | |
5203 | static void AddDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5204 | ||
5205 | /** | |
5206 | Inserts a drawing handler at the front. | |
5207 | */ | |
5208 | static void InsertDrawingHandler(wxRichTextDrawingHandler *handler); | |
5209 | ||
5210 | /** | |
5211 | Removes a drawing handler. | |
5212 | */ | |
5213 | static bool RemoveDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5214 | ||
5215 | /** | |
5216 | Finds a drawing handler by name. | |
5217 | */ | |
5218 | static wxRichTextDrawingHandler *FindDrawingHandler(const wxString& name); | |
5219 | ||
5220 | /** | |
5221 | Clean up drawing handlers. | |
5222 | */ | |
5223 | static void CleanUpDrawingHandlers(); | |
5224 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5225 | /** |
5226 | Returns the field types. | |
5227 | */ | |
5228 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap& GetFieldTypes() { return sm_fieldTypes; } | |
5229 | ||
5230 | /** | |
5231 | Adds a field type. | |
5232 | ||
5233 | @see RemoveFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5234 | ||
5235 | */ | |
5236 | static void AddFieldType(wxRichTextFieldType *fieldType); | |
5237 | ||
5238 | /** | |
5239 | Removes a field type by name. | |
5240 | ||
5241 | @see AddFieldType(), FindFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5242 | */ | |
5243 | static bool RemoveFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5244 | ||
5245 | /** | |
5246 | Finds a field type by name. | |
5247 | ||
5248 | @see RemoveFieldType(), AddFieldType(), wxRichTextField, wxRichTextFieldType, wxRichTextFieldTypeStandard | |
5249 | */ | |
5250 | static wxRichTextFieldType *FindFieldType(const wxString& name); | |
5251 | ||
5252 | /** | |
5253 | Cleans up field types. | |
5254 | */ | |
5255 | static void CleanUpFieldTypes(); | |
5256 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5257 | /** |
5258 | Returns the renderer object. | |
5259 | */ | |
5260 | static wxRichTextRenderer* GetRenderer() { return sm_renderer; } | |
5261 | ||
5262 | /** | |
5263 | Sets @a renderer as the object to be used to render certain aspects of the | |
5264 | content, such as bullets. | |
5265 | ||
5266 | You can override default rendering by deriving a new class from | |
5267 | wxRichTextRenderer or wxRichTextStdRenderer, overriding one or more | |
5268 | virtual functions, and setting an instance of the class using this function. | |
5269 | */ | |
5270 | static void SetRenderer(wxRichTextRenderer* renderer); | |
5271 | ||
5272 | /** | |
5273 | Returns the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5274 | */ | |
5275 | static int GetBulletRightMargin() { return sm_bulletRightMargin; } | |
5276 | ||
5277 | /** | |
5278 | Sets the minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm. | |
5279 | */ | |
5280 | static void SetBulletRightMargin(int margin) { sm_bulletRightMargin = margin; } | |
5281 | ||
5282 | /** | |
5283 | Returns the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5284 | */ | |
5285 | static float GetBulletProportion() { return sm_bulletProportion; } | |
5286 | ||
5287 | /** | |
5288 | Sets the factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size. | |
5289 | */ | |
5290 | static void SetBulletProportion(float prop) { sm_bulletProportion = prop; } | |
9e7ad1ca | 5291 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5292 | /** |
5293 | Returns the scale factor for calculating dimensions. | |
23324ae1 | 5294 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5295 | double GetScale() const { return m_scale; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5296 | |
5297 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5298 | Sets the scale factor for calculating dimensions. |
23324ae1 | 5299 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
5300 | void SetScale(double scale) { m_scale = scale; } |
5301 | ||
e12b91a3 JS |
5302 | /** |
5303 | Returns the floating layout mode. The default is @true, where objects | |
5304 | are laid out according to their floating status. | |
5305 | */ | |
5306 | static bool GetFloatingLayoutMode(); | |
5307 | ||
5308 | /** | |
5309 | Sets the floating layout mode. Pass @false to speed up editing by not performing | |
5310 | floating layout. This setting affects all buffers. | |
5311 | ||
5312 | */ | |
5313 | static void SetFloatingLayoutMode(bool mode); | |
5314 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5315 | protected: |
5316 | ||
5317 | /// Command processor | |
5318 | wxCommandProcessor* m_commandProcessor; | |
5319 | ||
5320 | /// Table storing fonts | |
5321 | wxRichTextFontTable m_fontTable; | |
5322 | ||
5323 | /// Has been modified? | |
5324 | bool m_modified; | |
5325 | ||
5326 | /// Collapsed command stack | |
5327 | int m_batchedCommandDepth; | |
5328 | ||
5329 | /// Name for collapsed command | |
5330 | wxString m_batchedCommandsName; | |
5331 | ||
5332 | /// Current collapsed command accumulating actions | |
5333 | wxRichTextCommand* m_batchedCommand; | |
5334 | ||
5335 | /// Whether to suppress undo | |
5336 | int m_suppressUndo; | |
5337 | ||
5338 | /// Style sheet, if any | |
5339 | wxRichTextStyleSheet* m_styleSheet; | |
5340 | ||
5341 | /// List of event handlers that will be notified of events | |
5342 | wxList m_eventHandlers; | |
5343 | ||
5344 | /// Stack of attributes for convenience functions | |
5345 | wxList m_attributeStack; | |
5346 | ||
5347 | /// Flags to be passed to handlers | |
5348 | int m_handlerFlags; | |
5349 | ||
5350 | /// File handlers | |
5351 | static wxList sm_handlers; | |
5352 | ||
8db2e3ef JS |
5353 | /// Drawing handlers |
5354 | static wxList sm_drawingHandlers; | |
5355 | ||
7c9fdebe JS |
5356 | /// Field types |
5357 | static wxRichTextFieldTypeHashMap sm_fieldTypes; | |
5358 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5359 | /// Renderer |
5360 | static wxRichTextRenderer* sm_renderer; | |
5361 | ||
5362 | /// Minimum margin between bullet and paragraph in 10ths of a mm | |
5363 | static int sm_bulletRightMargin; | |
5364 | ||
5365 | /// Factor to multiply by character height to get a reasonable bullet size | |
5366 | static float sm_bulletProportion; | |
5367 | ||
5368 | /// Scaling factor in use: needed to calculate correct dimensions when printing | |
5369 | double m_scale; | |
5370 | }; | |
5371 | ||
5372 | /** | |
5373 | @class wxRichTextCell | |
5374 | ||
a640295f JS |
5375 | wxRichTextCell is the cell in a table, in which the user can type. As well as |
5376 | text, it can also contain objects e.g. an image, or even another wxRichTextTable. | |
5377 | ||
5378 | A cell's appearance can be changed via its associated wxRichTextAttr; for example | |
5379 | its size altered or its background colour set. It also has the properties of | |
5380 | column- and row-span. By default these are 1, meaning that the cell only spans | |
5381 | itself, but can be increased using the SetColspan() and SetRowspan() methods. | |
5382 | Attempts to set too large a span are silently truncated to the table edge. | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5383 | */ |
5384 | ||
16caec26 | 5385 | class wxRichTextCell: public wxRichTextBox |
7afd2b58 | 5386 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
5387 | public: |
5388 | // Constructors | |
5389 | ||
5390 | /** | |
5391 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5392 | */ | |
5393 | ||
5394 | wxRichTextCell(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5395 | ||
5396 | /** | |
5397 | Copy constructor. | |
5398 | */ | |
5399 | ||
5400 | wxRichTextCell(const wxRichTextCell& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5401 | ||
5402 | // Overridables | |
5403 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5404 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 5405 | |
057945a5 JS |
5406 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5407 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5408 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("cell"); } |
5409 | ||
5410 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } | |
5411 | ||
5412 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
5413 | ||
5414 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Cell"); } | |
5415 | ||
5416 | // Accessors | |
5417 | ||
a640295f JS |
5418 | /** |
5419 | Returns the number of columns spanned by the cell. | |
5420 | ||
5421 | By default a cell doesn't span extra columns, so this function returns 1. | |
5422 | ||
5423 | @since 2.9.5 | |
5424 | ||
5425 | @see SetColspan(), GetRowspan() | |
5426 | */ | |
5427 | int GetColspan() const; | |
5428 | ||
5429 | /** | |
5430 | Set the number of columns spanned by the cell. | |
5431 | ||
5432 | By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra columns. Pass a value >1 | |
5433 | to change this. Attempting to set a colspan <1 will assert and be ignored. | |
5434 | ||
5435 | @since 2.9.5 | |
5436 | ||
5437 | @see GetColspan(), SetRowspan() | |
5438 | */ | |
5439 | void SetColspan(long span); | |
5440 | ||
5441 | /** | |
5442 | Returns the number of rows spanned by the cell. | |
5443 | ||
5444 | By default a cell doesn't span extra rows, so this function returns 1. | |
5445 | ||
5446 | @since 2.9.5 | |
5447 | ||
5448 | @see SetRowspan(), GetColspan() | |
5449 | */ | |
5450 | int GetRowspan() const; | |
5451 | ||
5452 | /** | |
5453 | Set the number of rows spanned by the cell. | |
5454 | ||
5455 | By default colspan is 1 i.e. a cell doesn't span extra rows. Pass a value >1 | |
5456 | to change this. Attempting to set a rowspan <1 will assert and be ignored. | |
5457 | ||
5458 | @since 2.9.5 | |
5459 | ||
5460 | @see GetRowspan(), SetColspan() | |
5461 | */ | |
5462 | void SetRowspan(long span); | |
5463 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5464 | // Operations |
5465 | ||
5466 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextCell(*this); } | |
5467 | ||
5468 | void Copy(const wxRichTextCell& obj); | |
5469 | ||
5470 | protected: | |
5471 | }; | |
5472 | ||
5473 | /** | |
5474 | @class wxRichTextTable | |
5475 | ||
5476 | wxRichTextTable represents a table with arbitrary columns and rows. | |
5477 | */ | |
5478 | ||
16caec26 RD |
5479 | class wxRichTextObjectPtrArray; |
5480 | class wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray; | |
7afd2b58 | 5481 | |
16caec26 | 5482 | class wxRichTextTable: public wxRichTextBox |
7afd2b58 | 5483 | { |
7afd2b58 JS |
5484 | public: |
5485 | ||
5486 | // Constructors | |
5487 | ||
5488 | /** | |
5489 | Default constructor; optionally pass the parent object. | |
5490 | */ | |
5491 | ||
5492 | wxRichTextTable(wxRichTextObject* parent = NULL); | |
5493 | ||
5494 | /** | |
5495 | Copy constructor. | |
5496 | */ | |
5497 | ||
5498 | wxRichTextTable(const wxRichTextTable& obj): wxRichTextBox() { Copy(obj); } | |
5499 | ||
5500 | // Overridables | |
5501 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5502 | virtual bool Draw(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRichTextRange& range, const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRect& rect, int descent, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 5503 | |
057945a5 JS |
5504 | virtual int HitTest(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxPoint& pt, long& textPosition, wxRichTextObject** obj, wxRichTextObject** contextObj, int flags = 0); |
5505 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5506 | virtual wxString GetXMLNodeName() const { return wxT("table"); } |
5507 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5508 | virtual bool Layout(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, const wxRect& rect, const wxRect& parentRect, int style); |
7afd2b58 | 5509 | |
914a4e23 | 5510 | virtual bool GetRangeSize(const wxRichTextRange& range, wxSize& size, int& descent, wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, int flags, const wxPoint& position = wxPoint(0,0), const wxSize& parentSize = wxDefaultSize, wxArrayInt* partialExtents = NULL) const; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5511 | |
5512 | virtual bool DeleteRange(const wxRichTextRange& range); | |
5513 | ||
5514 | virtual wxString GetTextForRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) const; | |
5515 | ||
7afd2b58 | 5516 | virtual bool ImportFromXML(wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxXmlNode* node, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler, bool* recurse); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5517 | |
5518 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_DIRECT_OUTPUT | |
5519 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxOutputStream& stream, int indent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
5520 | #endif | |
5521 | ||
5522 | #if wxRICHTEXT_HAVE_XMLDOCUMENT_OUTPUT | |
5523 | virtual bool ExportXML(wxXmlNode* parent, wxRichTextXMLHandler* handler); | |
5524 | #endif | |
5525 | ||
8db2e3ef | 5526 | virtual bool FindPosition(wxDC& dc, wxRichTextDrawingContext& context, long index, wxPoint& pt, int* height, bool forceLineStart); |
7afd2b58 JS |
5527 | |
5528 | virtual void CalculateRange(long start, long& end); | |
5529 | ||
5530 | // Can this object handle the selections of its children? FOr example, a table. | |
5531 | virtual bool HandlesChildSelections() const { return true; } | |
5532 | ||
5533 | /// Returns a selection object specifying the selections between start and end character positions. | |
5534 | /// For example, a table would deduce what cells (of range length 1) are selected when dragging across the table. | |
5535 | virtual wxRichTextSelection GetSelection(long start, long end) const; | |
5536 | ||
5537 | virtual bool CanEditProperties() const { return true; } | |
5538 | ||
5539 | virtual bool EditProperties(wxWindow* parent, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer); | |
5540 | ||
5541 | virtual wxString GetPropertiesMenuLabel() const { return _("&Table"); } | |
5542 | ||
5543 | // Returns true if objects of this class can accept the focus, i.e. a call to SetFocusObject | |
5544 | // is possible. For example, containers supporting text, such as a text box object, can accept the focus, | |
5545 | // but a table can't (set the focus to individual cells instead). | |
5546 | virtual bool AcceptsFocus() const { return false; } | |
5547 | ||
5548 | // Accessors | |
5549 | ||
5550 | /** | |
5551 | Returns the cells array. | |
5552 | */ | |
5553 | const wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() const { return m_cells; } | |
5554 | ||
5555 | /** | |
5556 | Returns the cells array. | |
5557 | */ | |
5558 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray& GetCells() { return m_cells; } | |
5559 | ||
5560 | /** | |
5561 | Returns the row count. | |
5562 | */ | |
5563 | int GetRowCount() const { return m_rowCount; } | |
5564 | ||
5565 | /** | |
5566 | Returns the column count. | |
5567 | */ | |
5568 | int GetColumnCount() const { return m_colCount; } | |
5569 | ||
5570 | /** | |
5571 | Returns the cell at the given row/column position. | |
5572 | */ | |
5573 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(int row, int col) const; | |
5574 | ||
5575 | /** | |
5576 | Returns the cell at the given character position (in the range of the table). | |
5577 | */ | |
5578 | virtual wxRichTextCell* GetCell(long pos) const; | |
5579 | ||
5580 | /** | |
5581 | Returns the row/column for a given character position. | |
5582 | */ | |
5583 | virtual bool GetCellRowColumnPosition(long pos, int& row, int& col) const; | |
5584 | ||
4c86168d JS |
5585 | /** |
5586 | Returns the coordinates of the cell with keyboard focus, or (-1,-1) if none. | |
5587 | */ | |
5588 | virtual wxPosition GetFocusedCell() const; | |
5589 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
5590 | // Operations |
5591 | ||
5592 | /** | |
5593 | Clears the table. | |
5594 | */ | |
5595 | ||
5596 | virtual void ClearTable(); | |
5597 | ||
5598 | /** | |
5599 | Creates a table of the given dimensions. | |
5600 | */ | |
5601 | ||
5602 | virtual bool CreateTable(int rows, int cols); | |
5603 | ||
5604 | /** | |
5605 | Sets the attributes for the cells specified by the selection. | |
5606 | */ | |
5607 | ||
5608 | virtual bool SetCellStyle(const wxRichTextSelection& selection, const wxRichTextAttr& style, int flags = wxRICHTEXT_SETSTYLE_WITH_UNDO); | |
5609 | ||
5610 | /** | |
5611 | Deletes rows from the given row position. | |
5612 | */ | |
5613 | ||
5614 | virtual bool DeleteRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1); | |
5615 | ||
5616 | /** | |
5617 | Deletes columns from the given column position. | |
5618 | */ | |
5619 | ||
5620 | virtual bool DeleteColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1); | |
5621 | ||
5622 | /** | |
5623 | Adds rows from the given row position. | |
5624 | */ | |
5625 | ||
5626 | virtual bool AddRows(int startRow, int noRows = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5627 | ||
5628 | /** | |
5629 | Adds columns from the given column position. | |
5630 | */ | |
5631 | ||
5632 | virtual bool AddColumns(int startCol, int noCols = 1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr = wxRichTextAttr()); | |
5633 | ||
5634 | // Makes a clone of this object. | |
5635 | virtual wxRichTextObject* Clone() const { return new wxRichTextTable(*this); } | |
5636 | ||
5637 | // Copies this object. | |
5638 | void Copy(const wxRichTextTable& obj); | |
5639 | ||
5640 | protected: | |
5641 | ||
5642 | int m_rowCount; | |
5643 | int m_colCount; | |
5644 | ||
5645 | // An array of rows, each of which is a wxRichTextObjectPtrArray containing | |
5646 | // the cell objects. The cell objects are also children of this object. | |
5647 | // Problem: if boxes are immediate children of a box, this will cause problems | |
5648 | // with wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functions (and functions elsewhere) that | |
5649 | // expect to find just paragraphs. May have to adjust the way we handle the | |
5650 | // hierarchy to accept non-paragraph objects in a paragraph layout box. | |
5651 | // We'll be overriding much wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox functionality so this | |
5652 | // may not be such a problem. Perhaps the table should derive from a different | |
5653 | // class? | |
5654 | wxRichTextObjectPtrArrayArray m_cells; | |
5655 | }; | |
5656 | ||
af4168e2 JS |
5657 | /** @class wxRichTextTableBlock |
5658 | ||
5659 | Stores the coordinates for a block of cells. | |
5660 | */ | |
5661 | ||
5662 | class wxRichTextTableBlock | |
5663 | { | |
5664 | public: | |
5665 | wxRichTextTableBlock() { Init(); } | |
5666 | wxRichTextTableBlock(int colStart, int colEnd, int rowStart, int rowEnd) | |
5667 | { Init(); m_colStart = colStart; m_colEnd = colEnd; m_rowStart = rowStart; m_rowEnd = rowEnd; } | |
5668 | wxRichTextTableBlock(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); } | |
5669 | ||
5670 | void Init() { m_colStart = 0; m_colEnd = 0; m_rowStart = 0; m_rowEnd = 0; } | |
5671 | ||
5672 | void Copy(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) | |
5673 | { | |
5674 | m_colStart = block.m_colStart; m_colEnd = block.m_colEnd; m_rowStart = block.m_rowStart; m_rowEnd = block.m_rowEnd; | |
5675 | } | |
5676 | void operator=(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) { Copy(block); } | |
5677 | bool operator==(const wxRichTextTableBlock& block) | |
5678 | { return m_colStart == block.m_colStart && m_colEnd == block.m_colEnd && m_rowStart == block.m_rowStart && m_rowEnd == block.m_rowEnd; } | |
5679 | ||
5680 | /// Computes the block given a table (perhaps about to be edited) and a rich text control | |
5681 | /// that may have a selection. If no selection, the whole table is used. If just the whole content | |
5682 | /// of one cell is selected, this cell only is used. If the cell contents is not selected and | |
5683 | /// requireCellSelection is @false, the focused cell will count as a selected cell. | |
5684 | bool ComputeBlockForSelection(wxRichTextTable* table, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool requireCellSelection = true); | |
5685 | ||
5686 | /// Does this block represent the whole table? | |
5687 | bool IsWholeTable(wxRichTextTable* table) const; | |
5688 | ||
5689 | /// Returns the cell focused in the table, if any | |
5690 | static wxRichTextCell* GetFocusedCell(wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl); | |
5691 | ||
5692 | int& ColStart() { return m_colStart; } | |
5693 | int ColStart() const { return m_colStart; } | |
5694 | ||
5695 | int& ColEnd() { return m_colEnd; } | |
5696 | int ColEnd() const { return m_colEnd; } | |
5697 | ||
5698 | int& RowStart() { return m_rowStart; } | |
5699 | int RowStart() const { return m_rowStart; } | |
5700 | ||
5701 | int& RowEnd() { return m_rowEnd; } | |
5702 | int RowEnd() const { return m_rowEnd; } | |
5703 | ||
5704 | int m_colStart, m_colEnd, m_rowStart, m_rowEnd; | |
5705 | }; | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5706 | |
5707 | /** | |
5708 | The command identifiers for Do/Undo. | |
5709 | */ | |
5710 | ||
5711 | enum wxRichTextCommandId | |
5712 | { | |
5713 | wxRICHTEXT_INSERT, | |
5714 | wxRICHTEXT_DELETE, | |
5715 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_ATTRIBUTES, | |
5716 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_STYLE, | |
5717 | wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT | |
5718 | }; | |
5719 | ||
5720 | /** | |
5721 | @class wxRichTextObjectAddress | |
5722 | ||
5723 | A class for specifying an object anywhere in an object hierarchy, | |
5724 | without using a pointer, necessary since wxRTC commands may delete | |
5725 | and recreate sub-objects so physical object addresses change. An array | |
5726 | of positions (one per hierarchy level) is used. | |
5727 | ||
5728 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5729 | @category{richtext} | |
5730 | ||
5731 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5732 | */ | |
5733 | ||
16caec26 | 5734 | class wxRichTextObjectAddress |
7afd2b58 JS |
5735 | { |
5736 | public: | |
5737 | /** | |
5738 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5739 | */ | |
5740 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj) { Create(topLevelContainer, obj); } | |
5741 | /** | |
5742 | */ | |
5743 | wxRichTextObjectAddress() { Init(); } | |
5744 | /** | |
5745 | */ | |
5746 | wxRichTextObjectAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } | |
5747 | ||
5748 | void Init() {} | |
5749 | ||
5750 | /** | |
5751 | Copies the address. | |
5752 | */ | |
5753 | void Copy(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_address = address.m_address; } | |
5754 | ||
5755 | /** | |
5756 | Assignment operator. | |
5757 | */ | |
5758 | void operator=(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { Copy(address); } | |
5759 | ||
5760 | /** | |
5761 | Returns the object specified by the address, given a top level container. | |
5762 | */ | |
5763 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer) const; | |
5764 | ||
5765 | /** | |
5766 | Creates the address given a container and an object. | |
5767 | */ | |
5768 | bool Create(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* topLevelContainer, wxRichTextObject* obj); | |
5769 | ||
5770 | /** | |
5771 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5772 | */ | |
5773 | wxArrayInt& GetAddress() { return m_address; } | |
5774 | ||
5775 | /** | |
5776 | Returns the array of integers representing the object address. | |
5777 | */ | |
5778 | const wxArrayInt& GetAddress() const { return m_address; } | |
5779 | ||
5780 | /** | |
5781 | Sets the address from an array of integers. | |
5782 | */ | |
5783 | void SetAddress(const wxArrayInt& address) { m_address = address; } | |
5784 | ||
5785 | protected: | |
5786 | ||
5787 | wxArrayInt m_address; | |
5788 | }; | |
5789 | ||
16caec26 | 5790 | class wxRichTextAction; |
7afd2b58 JS |
5791 | |
5792 | /** | |
5793 | @class wxRichTextCommand | |
5794 | ||
5795 | Implements a command on the undo/redo stack. A wxRichTextCommand object contains one or more wxRichTextAction | |
5796 | objects, allowing aggregation of a number of operations into one command. | |
5797 | ||
5798 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5799 | @category{richtext} | |
5800 | ||
5801 | @see wxRichTextAction | |
5802 | */ | |
5803 | ||
16caec26 | 5804 | class wxRichTextCommand: public wxCommand |
7afd2b58 JS |
5805 | { |
5806 | public: | |
5807 | /** | |
5808 | Constructor for one action. | |
5809 | */ | |
5810 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, | |
5811 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); | |
23324ae1 FM |
5812 | |
5813 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5814 | Constructor for multiple actions. |
5815 | */ | |
5816 | wxRichTextCommand(const wxString& name); | |
5817 | ||
5818 | virtual ~wxRichTextCommand(); | |
5819 | ||
5820 | /** | |
5821 | Performs the command. | |
5822 | */ | |
5823 | bool Do(); | |
5824 | ||
5825 | /** | |
5826 | Undoes the command. | |
5827 | */ | |
5828 | bool Undo(); | |
5829 | ||
5830 | /** | |
5831 | Adds an action to the action list. | |
5832 | */ | |
5833 | void AddAction(wxRichTextAction* action); | |
5834 | ||
5835 | /** | |
5836 | Clears the action list. | |
5837 | */ | |
5838 | void ClearActions(); | |
5839 | ||
5840 | /** | |
5841 | Returns the action list. | |
5842 | */ | |
5843 | wxList& GetActions() { return m_actions; } | |
5844 | ||
5845 | protected: | |
5846 | ||
5847 | wxList m_actions; | |
5848 | }; | |
5849 | ||
5850 | /** | |
5851 | @class wxRichTextAction | |
5852 | ||
5853 | Implements a part of a command. | |
5854 | ||
5855 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
5856 | @category{richtext} | |
5857 | ||
5858 | @see wxRichTextCommand | |
5859 | */ | |
5860 | ||
16caec26 | 5861 | class wxRichTextAction: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 JS |
5862 | { |
5863 | public: | |
5864 | /** | |
5865 | Constructor. @a buffer is the top-level buffer, while @a container is the object within | |
5866 | which the action is taking place. In the simplest case, they are the same. | |
23324ae1 | 5867 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
5868 | wxRichTextAction(wxRichTextCommand* cmd, const wxString& name, wxRichTextCommandId id, |
5869 | wxRichTextBuffer* buffer, wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, | |
5870 | wxRichTextCtrl* ctrl, bool ignoreFirstTime = false); | |
23324ae1 | 5871 | |
7afd2b58 | 5872 | virtual ~wxRichTextAction(); |
9e7ad1ca | 5873 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5874 | /** |
5875 | Performs the action. | |
23324ae1 | 5876 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5877 | bool Do(); |
23324ae1 FM |
5878 | |
5879 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5880 | Undoes the action. |
23324ae1 | 5881 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5882 | bool Undo(); |
23324ae1 FM |
5883 | |
5884 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5885 | Updates the control appearance, optimizing if possible given information from the call to Layout. |
23324ae1 | 5886 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
5887 | void UpdateAppearance(long caretPosition, bool sendUpdateEvent = false, |
5888 | wxArrayInt* optimizationLineCharPositions = NULL, wxArrayInt* optimizationLineYPositions = NULL, bool isDoCmd = true); | |
23324ae1 FM |
5889 | |
5890 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5891 | Replaces the buffer paragraphs with the given fragment. |
23324ae1 | 5892 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5893 | void ApplyParagraphs(const wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& fragment); |
23324ae1 FM |
5894 | |
5895 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5896 | Returns the new fragments. |
23324ae1 | 5897 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5898 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetNewParagraphs() { return m_newParagraphs; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5899 | |
5900 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5901 | Returns the old fragments. |
23324ae1 | 5902 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5903 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox& GetOldParagraphs() { return m_oldParagraphs; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5904 | |
5905 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5906 | Returns the attributes, for single-object commands. |
23324ae1 | 5907 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5908 | wxRichTextAttr& GetAttributes() { return m_attributes; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5909 | |
5910 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5911 | Returns the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address |
5912 | and the action's range start position. | |
23324ae1 | 5913 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5914 | wxRichTextObject* GetObject() const { return m_object; } |
23324ae1 | 5915 | |
31be8400 JS |
5916 | /** |
5917 | Stores the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address | |
5918 | without making an address for it | |
5919 | ||
5920 | @see SetObject(), MakeObject()). | |
5921 | */ | |
5922 | void StoreObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; } | |
5923 | ||
23324ae1 | 5924 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
5925 | Sets the object to replace the one at the position defined by the container address |
5926 | and the action's range start position. | |
23324ae1 | 5927 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5928 | void SetObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_object = obj; m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, m_object); } |
23324ae1 | 5929 | |
23324ae1 | 5930 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 5931 | Makes an address from the given object. |
23324ae1 | 5932 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5933 | void MakeObject(wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_objectAddress.Create(m_buffer, obj); } |
9e7ad1ca | 5934 | |
e490db59 JS |
5935 | /** |
5936 | Sets the existing and new objects, for use with wxRICHTEXT_CHANGE_OBJECT. | |
5937 | */ | |
5938 | void SetOldAndNewObjects(wxRichTextObject* oldObj, wxRichTextObject* newObj); | |
5939 | ||
9e7ad1ca | 5940 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 5941 | Calculate arrays for refresh optimization. |
9e7ad1ca | 5942 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5943 | void CalculateRefreshOptimizations(wxArrayInt& optimizationLineCharPositions, wxArrayInt& optimizationLineYPositions); |
23324ae1 FM |
5944 | |
5945 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5946 | Sets the position used for e.g. insertion. |
23324ae1 | 5947 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5948 | void SetPosition(long pos) { m_position = pos; } |
23324ae1 | 5949 | |
23324ae1 | 5950 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 5951 | Returns the position used for e.g. insertion. |
23324ae1 | 5952 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5953 | long GetPosition() const { return m_position; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5954 | |
5955 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5956 | Sets the range for e.g. deletion. |
23324ae1 | 5957 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5958 | void SetRange(const wxRichTextRange& range) { m_range = range; } |
23324ae1 | 5959 | |
23324ae1 | 5960 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 5961 | Returns the range for e.g. deletion. |
23324ae1 | 5962 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5963 | const wxRichTextRange& GetRange() const { return m_range; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5964 | |
5965 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5966 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. |
23324ae1 | 5967 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5968 | wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() { return m_containerAddress; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5969 | |
5970 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5971 | Returns the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. |
23324ae1 | 5972 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5973 | const wxRichTextObjectAddress& GetContainerAddress() const { return m_containerAddress; } |
23324ae1 FM |
5974 | |
5975 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5976 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. |
23324ae1 | 5977 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5978 | void SetContainerAddress(const wxRichTextObjectAddress& address) { m_containerAddress = address; } |
23324ae1 | 5979 | |
23324ae1 | 5980 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 5981 | Sets the address (nested position) of the container within the buffer being manipulated. |
23324ae1 | 5982 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5983 | void SetContainerAddress(wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* container, wxRichTextObject* obj) { m_containerAddress.Create(container, obj); } |
9e7ad1ca FM |
5984 | |
5985 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5986 | Returns the container that this action refers to, using the container address and top-level buffer. |
9e7ad1ca | 5987 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5988 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox* GetContainer() const; |
23324ae1 FM |
5989 | |
5990 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 5991 | Returns the action name. |
23324ae1 | 5992 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 5993 | const wxString& GetName() const { return m_name; } |
23324ae1 | 5994 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5995 | protected: |
5996 | // Action name | |
5997 | wxString m_name; | |
9e7ad1ca | 5998 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
5999 | // Buffer |
6000 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_buffer; | |
23324ae1 | 6001 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6002 | // The address (nested position) of the container being manipulated. |
6003 | // This is necessary because objects are deleted, and we can't | |
6004 | // therefore store actual pointers. | |
6005 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_containerAddress; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6006 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6007 | // Control |
6008 | wxRichTextCtrl* m_ctrl; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6009 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6010 | // Stores the new paragraphs |
6011 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_newParagraphs; | |
23324ae1 | 6012 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6013 | // Stores the old paragraphs |
6014 | wxRichTextParagraphLayoutBox m_oldParagraphs; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6015 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6016 | // Stores an object to replace the one at the position |
6017 | // defined by the container address and the action's range start position. | |
6018 | wxRichTextObject* m_object; | |
23324ae1 | 6019 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6020 | // Stores the attributes |
6021 | wxRichTextAttr m_attributes; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6022 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6023 | // The address of the object being manipulated (used for changing an individual object or its attributes) |
6024 | wxRichTextObjectAddress m_objectAddress; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6025 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6026 | // Stores the old attributes |
6027 | // wxRichTextAttr m_oldAttributes; | |
23324ae1 | 6028 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6029 | // The affected range |
6030 | wxRichTextRange m_range; | |
9e7ad1ca | 6031 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6032 | // The insertion point for this command |
6033 | long m_position; | |
23324ae1 | 6034 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6035 | // Ignore 1st 'Do' operation because we already did it |
6036 | bool m_ignoreThis; | |
23324ae1 | 6037 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6038 | // The command identifier |
6039 | wxRichTextCommandId m_cmdId; | |
23324ae1 FM |
6040 | }; |
6041 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6042 | /*! |
6043 | * Handler flags | |
6044 | */ | |
6045 | ||
6046 | // Include style sheet when loading and saving | |
6047 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_INCLUDE_STYLESHEET 0x0001 | |
6048 | ||
6049 | // Save images to memory file system in HTML handler | |
6050 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_MEMORY 0x0010 | |
6051 | ||
6052 | // Save images to files in HTML handler | |
6053 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_FILES 0x0020 | |
23324ae1 | 6054 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6055 | // Save images as inline base64 data in HTML handler |
6056 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_SAVE_IMAGES_TO_BASE64 0x0040 | |
6057 | ||
6058 | // Don't write header and footer (or BODY), so we can include the fragment | |
6059 | // in a larger document | |
6060 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_NO_HEADER_FOOTER 0x0080 | |
6061 | ||
6062 | // Convert the more common face names to names that will work on the current platform | |
6063 | // in a larger document | |
6064 | #define wxRICHTEXT_HANDLER_CONVERT_FACENAMES 0x0100 | |
e54c96f1 | 6065 | |
23324ae1 FM |
6066 | /** |
6067 | @class wxRichTextFileHandler | |
7c913512 | 6068 | |
7afd2b58 | 6069 | The base class for file handlers. |
7c913512 | 6070 | |
23324ae1 | 6071 | @library{wxrichtext} |
21b447dc | 6072 | @category{richtext} |
7afd2b58 JS |
6073 | |
6074 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
23324ae1 | 6075 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6076 | |
16caec26 | 6077 | class wxRichTextFileHandler: public wxObject |
23324ae1 FM |
6078 | { |
6079 | public: | |
6080 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6081 | Creates a file handler object. |
23324ae1 | 6082 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6083 | wxRichTextFileHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString, const wxString& ext = wxEmptyString, int type = 0) |
6084 | : m_name(name), m_extension(ext), m_type(type), m_flags(0), m_visible(true) | |
6085 | { } | |
23324ae1 FM |
6086 | |
6087 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6088 | Loads the buffer from a stream. |
6089 | Not all handlers will implement file loading. | |
6090 | */ | |
6091 | bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) | |
6092 | { return DoLoadFile(buffer, stream); } | |
9e7ad1ca | 6093 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6094 | /** |
6095 | Saves the buffer to a stream. | |
6096 | Not all handlers will implement file saving. | |
23324ae1 | 6097 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6098 | bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) |
6099 | { return DoSaveFile(buffer, stream); } | |
23324ae1 FM |
6100 | |
6101 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6102 | Loads the buffer from a file. |
23324ae1 | 6103 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6104 | virtual bool LoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
23324ae1 FM |
6105 | |
6106 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6107 | Saves the buffer to a file. |
23324ae1 | 6108 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6109 | virtual bool SaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, const wxString& filename); |
23324ae1 | 6110 | |
23324ae1 | 6111 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6112 | Returns @true if we handle this filename (if using files). By default, checks the extension. |
23324ae1 | 6113 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6114 | virtual bool CanHandle(const wxString& filename) const; |
23324ae1 FM |
6115 | |
6116 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6117 | Returns @true if we can save using this handler. |
23324ae1 | 6118 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6119 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return false; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6120 | |
6121 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6122 | Returns @true if we can load using this handler. |
6123 | */ | |
6124 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return false; } | |
9e7ad1ca | 6125 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6126 | /** |
6127 | Returns @true if this handler should be visible to the user. | |
23324ae1 | 6128 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6129 | virtual bool IsVisible() const { return m_visible; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6130 | |
6131 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6132 | Sets whether the handler should be visible to the user (via the application's |
6133 | load and save dialogs). | |
23324ae1 | 6134 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6135 | virtual void SetVisible(bool visible) { m_visible = visible; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6136 | |
6137 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6138 | Sets the name of the handler. |
23324ae1 | 6139 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6140 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6141 | |
6142 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6143 | Returns the name of the handler. |
23324ae1 | 6144 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6145 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } |
23324ae1 | 6146 | |
23324ae1 | 6147 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6148 | Sets the default extension to recognise. |
23324ae1 | 6149 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6150 | void SetExtension(const wxString& ext) { m_extension = ext; } |
23324ae1 | 6151 | |
23324ae1 | 6152 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6153 | Returns the default extension to recognise. |
23324ae1 | 6154 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6155 | wxString GetExtension() const { return m_extension; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6156 | |
6157 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6158 | Sets the handler type. |
23324ae1 | 6159 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6160 | void SetType(int type) { m_type = type; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6161 | |
6162 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6163 | Returns the handler type. |
23324ae1 | 6164 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6165 | int GetType() const { return m_type; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6166 | |
6167 | /** | |
9e7ad1ca FM |
6168 | Sets flags that change the behaviour of loading or saving. |
6169 | See the documentation for each handler class to see what flags are relevant | |
6170 | for each handler. | |
6171 | ||
23324ae1 | 6172 | You call this function directly if you are using a file handler explicitly |
9e7ad1ca FM |
6173 | (without going through the text control or buffer LoadFile/SaveFile API). |
6174 | Or, you can call the control or buffer's SetHandlerFlags function to set | |
6175 | the flags that will be used for subsequent load and save operations. | |
23324ae1 | 6176 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6177 | void SetFlags(int flags) { m_flags = flags; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6178 | |
6179 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6180 | Returns flags controlling how loading and saving is done. |
23324ae1 | 6181 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6182 | int GetFlags() const { return m_flags; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6183 | |
6184 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6185 | Sets the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. |
23324ae1 | 6186 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6187 | void SetEncoding(const wxString& encoding) { m_encoding = encoding; } |
23324ae1 FM |
6188 | |
6189 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6190 | Returns the encoding to use when saving a file. If empty, a suitable encoding is chosen. |
23324ae1 | 6191 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6192 | const wxString& GetEncoding() const { return m_encoding; } |
551266a9 FM |
6193 | |
6194 | protected: | |
7afd2b58 | 6195 | |
551266a9 FM |
6196 | /** |
6197 | Override to load content from @a stream into @a buffer. | |
6198 | */ | |
7afd2b58 | 6199 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream) = 0; |
551266a9 FM |
6200 | |
6201 | /** | |
6202 | Override to save content to @a stream from @a buffer. | |
6203 | */ | |
7afd2b58 | 6204 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream) = 0; |
7afd2b58 JS |
6205 | |
6206 | wxString m_name; | |
6207 | wxString m_encoding; | |
6208 | wxString m_extension; | |
6209 | int m_type; | |
6210 | int m_flags; | |
6211 | bool m_visible; | |
23324ae1 FM |
6212 | }; |
6213 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6214 | /** |
6215 | @class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler | |
6216 | ||
6217 | Implements saving a buffer to plain text. | |
6218 | ||
6219 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6220 | @category{richtext} | |
6221 | ||
6222 | @see wxRichTextFileHandler, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6223 | */ | |
6224 | ||
16caec26 | 6225 | class wxRichTextPlainTextHandler: public wxRichTextFileHandler |
7afd2b58 | 6226 | { |
7afd2b58 | 6227 | public: |
cb8b5a3b RD |
6228 | wxRichTextPlainTextHandler(const wxString& name = "Text", |
6229 | const wxString& ext = "txt", | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6230 | wxRichTextFileType type = wxRICHTEXT_TYPE_TEXT) |
6231 | : wxRichTextFileHandler(name, ext, type) | |
6232 | { } | |
6233 | ||
6234 | // Can we save using this handler? | |
6235 | virtual bool CanSave() const { return true; } | |
6236 | ||
6237 | // Can we load using this handler? | |
6238 | virtual bool CanLoad() const { return true; } | |
6239 | ||
6240 | protected: | |
6241 | ||
7afd2b58 JS |
6242 | virtual bool DoLoadFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxInputStream& stream); |
6243 | virtual bool DoSaveFile(wxRichTextBuffer *buffer, wxOutputStream& stream); | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6244 | |
6245 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 6246 | |
8db2e3ef JS |
6247 | /** |
6248 | @class wxRichTextDrawingHandler | |
6249 | ||
6250 | The base class for custom drawing handlers. | |
7c9fdebe | 6251 | Currently, drawing handlers can provide virtual attributes. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6252 | |
6253 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6254 | @category{richtext} | |
6255 | ||
6256 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6257 | */ | |
6258 | ||
16caec26 | 6259 | class wxRichTextDrawingHandler: public wxObject |
8db2e3ef | 6260 | { |
8db2e3ef JS |
6261 | public: |
6262 | /** | |
6263 | Creates a drawing handler object. | |
6264 | */ | |
6265 | wxRichTextDrawingHandler(const wxString& name = wxEmptyString) | |
6266 | : m_name(name) | |
6267 | { } | |
6268 | ||
6269 | /** | |
6270 | Returns @true if this object has virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6271 | */ | |
6272 | virtual bool HasVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6273 | ||
6274 | /** | |
6275 | Provides virtual attributes that we can provide. | |
6276 | */ | |
6277 | virtual bool GetVirtualAttributes(wxRichTextAttr& attr, wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6278 | ||
f7667b84 JS |
6279 | /** |
6280 | Gets the count for mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object. | |
6281 | For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting. | |
6282 | */ | |
6283 | virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributesCount(wxRichTextObject* obj) const = 0; | |
6284 | ||
6285 | /** | |
6286 | Gets the mixed virtual attributes for individual positions within the object. | |
6287 | For example, individual characters within a text object may require special highlighting. | |
6288 | Returns the number of virtual attributes found. | |
6289 | */ | |
6290 | virtual int GetVirtualSubobjectAttributes(wxRichTextObject* obj, wxArrayInt& positions, wxRichTextAttrArray& attributes) const = 0; | |
6291 | ||
6292 | /** | |
6293 | Do we have virtual text for this object? Virtual text allows an application | |
6294 | to replace characters in an object for editing and display purposes, for example | |
6295 | for highlighting special characters. | |
6296 | */ | |
6297 | virtual bool HasVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj) const = 0; | |
6298 | ||
6299 | /** | |
6300 | Gets the virtual text for this object. | |
6301 | */ | |
6302 | virtual bool GetVirtualText(const wxRichTextPlainText* obj, wxString& text) const = 0; | |
6303 | ||
8db2e3ef | 6304 | /** |
7c9fdebe | 6305 | Sets the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6306 | */ |
6307 | void SetName(const wxString& name) { m_name = name; } | |
6308 | ||
6309 | /** | |
7c9fdebe | 6310 | Returns the name of the handler. |
8db2e3ef JS |
6311 | */ |
6312 | wxString GetName() const { return m_name; } | |
6313 | ||
6314 | protected: | |
6315 | ||
6316 | wxString m_name; | |
6317 | }; | |
6318 | ||
e54c96f1 | 6319 | |
23324ae1 | 6320 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6321 | @class wxRichTextBufferDataObject |
7c913512 | 6322 | |
7afd2b58 | 6323 | Implements a rich text data object for clipboard transfer. |
7c913512 | 6324 | |
23324ae1 | 6325 | @library{wxrichtext} |
21b447dc | 6326 | @category{richtext} |
7afd2b58 JS |
6327 | |
6328 | @see wxDataObjectSimple, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
23324ae1 | 6329 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6330 | |
16caec26 | 6331 | class wxRichTextBufferDataObject: public wxDataObjectSimple |
23324ae1 FM |
6332 | { |
6333 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 6334 | /** |
7afd2b58 JS |
6335 | The constructor doesn't copy the pointer, so it shouldn't go away while this object |
6336 | is alive. | |
23324ae1 | 6337 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6338 | wxRichTextBufferDataObject(wxRichTextBuffer* richTextBuffer = NULL); |
6339 | virtual ~wxRichTextBufferDataObject(); | |
23324ae1 FM |
6340 | |
6341 | /** | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6342 | After a call to this function, the buffer is owned by the caller and it |
6343 | is responsible for deleting it. | |
23324ae1 | 6344 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6345 | wxRichTextBuffer* GetRichTextBuffer(); |
23324ae1 FM |
6346 | |
6347 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6348 | Returns the id for the new data format. |
23324ae1 | 6349 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6350 | static const wxChar* GetRichTextBufferFormatId() { return ms_richTextBufferFormatId; } |
23324ae1 | 6351 | |
7afd2b58 | 6352 | // base class pure virtuals |
23324ae1 | 6353 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6354 | virtual wxDataFormat GetPreferredFormat(Direction dir) const; |
6355 | virtual size_t GetDataSize() const; | |
6356 | virtual bool GetDataHere(void *pBuf) const; | |
6357 | virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf); | |
23324ae1 | 6358 | |
7afd2b58 | 6359 | // prevent warnings |
23324ae1 | 6360 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6361 | virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat&) const { return GetDataSize(); } |
6362 | virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat&, void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(buf); } | |
6363 | virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat&, size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(len, buf); } | |
23324ae1 | 6364 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6365 | private: |
6366 | wxDataFormat m_formatRichTextBuffer; // our custom format | |
6367 | wxRichTextBuffer* m_richTextBuffer; // our data | |
6368 | static const wxChar* ms_richTextBufferFormatId; // our format id | |
6369 | }; | |
23324ae1 | 6370 | |
23324ae1 | 6371 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6372 | /** |
6373 | @class wxRichTextRenderer | |
23324ae1 | 6374 | |
7afd2b58 | 6375 | This class isolates some common drawing functionality. |
23324ae1 | 6376 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6377 | @library{wxrichtext} |
6378 | @category{richtext} | |
23324ae1 | 6379 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6380 | @see wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl |
6381 | */ | |
23324ae1 | 6382 | |
16caec26 | 6383 | class wxRichTextRenderer: public wxObject |
7afd2b58 JS |
6384 | { |
6385 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 6386 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6387 | Constructor. |
23324ae1 | 6388 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6389 | wxRichTextRenderer() {} |
6390 | virtual ~wxRichTextRenderer() {} | |
23324ae1 FM |
6391 | |
6392 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6393 | Draws a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. |
23324ae1 | 6394 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6395 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
23324ae1 FM |
6396 | |
6397 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6398 | Draws a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets. This function should be overridden. |
23324ae1 | 6399 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6400 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text) = 0; |
23324ae1 FM |
6401 | |
6402 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6403 | Draws a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName. This function should be overridden. |
23324ae1 | 6404 | */ |
7afd2b58 | 6405 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect) = 0; |
23324ae1 FM |
6406 | |
6407 | /** | |
7afd2b58 | 6408 | Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported. This function should be overridden. |
23324ae1 | 6409 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6410 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames) = 0; |
6411 | }; | |
6412 | ||
6413 | /** | |
6414 | @class wxRichTextStdRenderer | |
6415 | ||
6416 | The standard renderer for drawing bullets. | |
6417 | ||
6418 | @library{wxrichtext} | |
6419 | @category{richtext} | |
6420 | ||
6421 | @see wxRichTextRenderer, wxRichTextBuffer, wxRichTextCtrl | |
6422 | */ | |
23324ae1 | 6423 | |
16caec26 | 6424 | class wxRichTextStdRenderer: public wxRichTextRenderer |
7afd2b58 JS |
6425 | { |
6426 | public: | |
23324ae1 | 6427 | /** |
7afd2b58 | 6428 | Constructor. |
23324ae1 | 6429 | */ |
7afd2b58 JS |
6430 | wxRichTextStdRenderer() {} |
6431 | ||
6432 | // Draw a standard bullet, as specified by the value of GetBulletName | |
6433 | virtual bool DrawStandardBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); | |
6434 | ||
6435 | // Draw a bullet that can be described by text, such as numbered or symbol bullets | |
6436 | virtual bool DrawTextBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect, const wxString& text); | |
6437 | ||
6438 | // Draw a bitmap bullet, where the bullet bitmap is specified by the value of GetBulletName | |
6439 | virtual bool DrawBitmapBullet(wxRichTextParagraph* paragraph, wxDC& dc, const wxRichTextAttr& attr, const wxRect& rect); | |
6440 | ||
6441 | // Enumerate the standard bullet names currently supported | |
6442 | virtual bool EnumerateStandardBulletNames(wxArrayString& bulletNames); | |
23324ae1 | 6443 | }; |
e54c96f1 | 6444 | |
7afd2b58 JS |
6445 | /*! |
6446 | * Utilities | |
6447 | * | |
6448 | */ | |
6449 | ||
6450 | inline bool wxRichTextHasStyle(int flags, int style) | |
6451 | { | |
6452 | return ((flags & style) == style); | |
6453 | } | |
6454 | ||
6455 | /// Compare two attribute objects | |
16caec26 RD |
6456 | bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); |
6457 | bool wxTextAttrEq(const wxRichTextAttr& attr1, const wxRichTextAttr& attr2); | |
7afd2b58 | 6458 | |
7afd2b58 | 6459 | /// Apply one style to another |
16caec26 | 6460 | bool wxRichTextApplyStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr* compareWith = NULL); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6461 | |
6462 | // Remove attributes | |
16caec26 | 6463 | bool wxRichTextRemoveStyle(wxRichTextAttr& destStyle, const wxRichTextAttr& style); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6464 | |
6465 | /// Combine two bitlists | |
16caec26 | 6466 | bool wxRichTextCombineBitlists(int& valueA, int valueB, int& flagsA, int flagsB); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6467 | |
6468 | /// Compare two bitlists | |
16caec26 | 6469 | bool wxRichTextBitlistsEqPartial(int valueA, int valueB, int flags); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6470 | |
6471 | /// Split into paragraph and character styles | |
16caec26 | 6472 | bool wxRichTextSplitParaCharStyles(const wxRichTextAttr& style, wxRichTextAttr& parStyle, wxRichTextAttr& charStyle); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6473 | |
6474 | /// Compare tabs | |
16caec26 | 6475 | bool wxRichTextTabsEq(const wxArrayInt& tabs1, const wxArrayInt& tabs2); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6476 | |
6477 | /// Convert a decimal to Roman numerals | |
16caec26 | 6478 | wxString wxRichTextDecimalToRoman(long n); |
7afd2b58 JS |
6479 | |
6480 | // Collects the attributes that are common to a range of content, building up a note of | |
6481 | // which attributes are absent in some objects and which clash in some objects. | |
16caec26 | 6482 | void wxTextAttrCollectCommonAttributes(wxTextAttr& currentStyle, const wxTextAttr& attr, wxTextAttr& clashingAttr, wxTextAttr& absentAttr); |
7afd2b58 | 6483 | |
16caec26 | 6484 | void wxRichTextModuleInit(); |